HomeMy WebLinkAboutVon Cramm Hall Specifications
Von Cramm Hall
Renovations
Project Manual & Specifications
5-7-2012
Owner
Cornell University
Ithaca, NY 14850
Architect
Prepared by:
Hunt Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors, PC
Airport Corporate Park, 100 Hunt Center
Horseheads, NY 14845-1019
Phone (607) 358-1000, Fax (607) 358-1800
HUNT Project Number 1595-088
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 37 00- Air Outlets and Inlets
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Air Outlets And Inlets
Section 23 37 00 Page 1
SECTION 23 37 00
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Registers
2. Grilles.
3. Louvers.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution and product requirements for
Painting of ductwork visible behind outlets and inlets specified by this section.
2. Section 23 09 00 - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Operators for
adjustable louvers.
3. Section 23 09 23 - Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Operators for
adjustable louvers.
4. Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories: Volume dampers for inlets and outlets.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:
1. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters.
B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:
1. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and
Inlets.
C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:
1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit sizes, finish, and type of mounting. Submit schedule of outlets and
inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.
C. Test Reports: Rating of air outlet and inlet performance.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 37 00- Air Outlets and Inlets
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Air Outlets And Inlets
Section 23 37 00 Page 2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test and rate diffuser, register, and grille performance in accordance with ASHRAE 70.
B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
1. Price Company
2. Nailor Industries, Inc.
2.2 WALL SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES
A. Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable blades, minimum depth, maximum spacing
with spring or other device to set blades, vertical horizontal face, double deflection.
B. Frame: 1 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket.
C. Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage minimum frames and 22 gage minimum blades, steel and
aluminum with 20 gage minimum frame, or aluminum extrusions, with factory off-white
enamel finish.
D. Damper: Integral, gang-operated opposed blade type with removable key operator,
operable from face.
E. Gymnasiums: Furnish front pivoted or welded in place blades, securely fastened to be
immobile.
2.3 LOUVERS
A. Manufacturer:
1. Ruskin or equal
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 37 00- Air Outlets and Inlets
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Air Outlets And Inlets
Section 23 37 00 Page 3
B. Type #1: 2 inch deep storm proof with blades on 45 degree slope with center baffle and
return bend, heavy channel frame.
1. Fabrication: 12 gage thick extruded aluminum, welded assembly, with anodized
finish color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard and
premium colors.
2. Mounting: Furnish with screw holes in jambs for installation.
3. Bird Screen: Bird screen with 1/2 inch square mesh for exhaust and 3/4 inch for
intake.
4. Insect Screen: Aluminum mesh, set in aluminum frame.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify inlet and outlet locations.
C. Verify ceiling systems are ready for installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install registers to ductwork with airtight connection.
B. Install balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, whether or
not dampers are furnished as part of diffuser, grille, and register assembly. Refer to
Section 23 33 00.
C. Paint visible portion of ductwork behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to
Section 09 90 00.
3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to
conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 34 00- HVAC Fans
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Fans
Section 23 34 00 Page 1
SECTION 23 34 00
HVAC FANS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. In-Line Exhaust Fan
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 23 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment: Product requirements for resilient mountings and snubbers for fans
for placement by this section.
2. Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation: Product requirements for power ventilators
for placement by this section.
3. Section 23 09 00 - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Product requirements
for control components to interface with fans.
4. Section 23 09 23 - Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Controls remote from
unit.
5. Section 23 09 53 - Pneumatic and Electric Control System for HVAC: Product
requirements for pneumatic control components to interface with fans.
6. Section 23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Product requirements for hangers
for placement by this section.
7. Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct
accessories for placement by this section.
8. Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution and product
requirements for connecting equipment specified by this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association:
1. ABMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.
2. ABMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.
B. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:
1. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook.
2. AMCA 204 - Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans.
3. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance
Rating.
4. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.
5. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test
Data.
C. American Refrigeration Institute:
1. ARI 1060 - Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment Certification
Equipment Program.
D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:
1. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.
2. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 34 00- HVAC Fans
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Fans
Section 23 34 00 Page 2
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 705 - Power Ventilators.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size and configuration of fan assembly, mountings, weights,
ductwork and accessory connections.
C. Product Data: Submit data on each type of fan and include accessories, fan curves with
specified operating point plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels for both fan inlet and
outlet at rated capacity, electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit fan manufacturers instructions.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for lubrication, motor and drive
replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal.
B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating
Seal.
C. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in
accordance with UL 705.
D. Balance Quality: Conform to AMCA 204.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years documented experience approved by manufacturer.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 34 00- HVAC Fans
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Fans
Section 23 34 00 Page 3
B. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust.
1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
B. Furnish five year manufacturer’s warranty for fans.
1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for
maintenance service.
B. Furnish service and maintenance of fans for one year from Date of Substantial
Completion.
C. Perform work without removing fans from service during building normal occupied hours.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
B. Furnish two sets of belts for each fan.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN
A. Construction: Corrosion resistant galvanized steel scroll and housing, sound absorbing
insulation, rectangular inlet and outlet duct collar, outlet with integral spring loaded
backdraft damper, double inlet forward curved wheel, plug type disconnect, adjustable
mounting brackets and field rotatable discharge.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify roof curbs are installed and dimensions are as shown on shop drawings
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Secure fans and gravity ventilators with stainless steel lag screws to roof curb.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 34 00- HVAC Fans
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Fans
Section 23 34 00 Page 4
B. Suspended Cabinet Fans: Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 33 00
between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum
one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running.
C. Install dampers on inlet to roof and gravity ventilators used in relief air applications.
D. Install safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed.
E. Install backdraft dampers on discharge of in-line exhaust fans.
F. Provide sheaves required for final air balance.
3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for manufacturer’s field services.
B. Furnish services of factory trained representative for minimum of two days to start-up,
calibrate controls, and instruct Owner on operation and maintenance.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.
B. Vacuum clean coils and inside of fan cabinet.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for
demonstration and training.
B. Demonstrate fan operation and maintenance procedures.
3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting
finished Work.
B. Do not operate fans for until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and
fan has been test run under observation.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 33 00- Air Duct Accessories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Air Duct Accessories
Section 23 33 00 Page 1
SECTION 23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Back-draft dampers.
2. Volume control dampers.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 23 09 00 - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Execution and Product
requirements for connection and control of Combination Smoke and Fire
Dampers for placement by this section.
2. Section 23 09 23 - Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Execution and
Product requirements for connection and control of Combination Smoke and Fire
Dampers for placement by this section.
3. Section 23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Requirements for duct construction
and pressure classifications.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:
1. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E1 - Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems.
2. NFPA 92A - Recommended Practice for Smoke-Control Systems.
D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:
1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 555 - Standard for Safety for Fire Dampers.
2. UL 555C - Standard for Safety for Ceiling Dampers.
3. UL 555S - Standard for Safety for Smoke Dampers.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including [volume control
dampers] [duct access doors] [and] [duct test holes].
C. Product Data: Submit data for shop fabricated assemblies and hardware used.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 33 00- Air Duct Accessories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Air Duct Accessories
Section 23 33 00 Page 2
D. Product Data: Submit for the following. Include where applicable electrical characteristics
and connection requirements.
1. Backdraft dampers.
2. Flexible duct connections.
3. Volume control dampers.
4. Duct access doors.
5. Duct test holes.
E. Product Data: For fire dampers and smoke dampers submit the following:
1. Include UL ratings, dynamic ratings, leakage, pressure drop and maximum
pressure data.
2. Indicate materials, construction, dimensions, and installation details.
3. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in
accordance with AMCA 500.
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for Fire Dampers.
G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of[access doors and test holes.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for Fire Dampers.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Dampers tested, rated and labeled in accordance with the latest UL requirements.
B. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance
with AMCA 500.
C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades.
C. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and
packaging, with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material.
D. Storage: Store materials in a dry area indoor, protected from damage.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 33 00- Air Duct Accessories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Air Duct Accessories
Section 23 33 00 Page 3
E. Handling: Handle and lift dampers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect
materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage.
1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Coordinate Work where appropriate with building control Work.
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
B. Furnish two of each size and type of fusible link.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BACK-DRAFT DAMPERS
A. Product Description: Multi-Blade, back-draft dampers: Parallel-action, gravity-balanced,
Galvanized 16 gage thick steel. Blades, maximum 6 inch width, center pivoted, flexible
vinyl sealed edges. Blades linked together in rattle-free manner with 90-degree stop,
steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin. Furnish dampers with adjustment device to
permit setting for varying differential static pressure.
2.2 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible.
B. Splitter Dampers:
1. Material: Same gage as duct to 24 inches size in both dimensions, and two
gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches.
2. Blade: Fabricate of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, secured
with continuous hinge or rod.
3. Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action,
flanged bushing with set screw.
4. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch.
C. Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x
72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized frame
channel with suitable hardware.
D. End Bearings: Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, furnish end bearings. On
multiple blade dampers, furnish oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 33 00- Air Duct Accessories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Air Duct Accessories
Section 23 33 00 Page 4
Furnish closed end bearings on ducts having pressure classification over 2 inches wg.
Quadrants:
1. Furnish locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade
dampers.
2. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on standoff mounting brackets,
bases, or adapters.
3. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches furnish regulator at both ends.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify rated walls are ready for fire damper installation.
C. Verify ducts and equipment installation are ready for accessories.
D. Check location of air outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to
conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.
3.2 INSTALLATION.
A. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 31 00 for duct construction and
pressure class.
B. Install dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated
on Drawings.
C. Access Doors: Install access doors at the following locations and as indicated on
Drawings:
1. Before and after each duct mounted coil.
2. Before and after each duct mounted fan.
3. Before each automatic control damper.
4. Before and after each fire damper.
5. Downstream of each VAV box.
D. Access Door Sizes: Install minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for
shoulder access. Review locations prior to fabrication.
3.3 DEMONSTRATION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:Requirements for
demonstration and training.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 31 00- HVAC Ducts and Casing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Ducts And Casings
Section 23 31 00 Page 1
SECTION 23 31 00
HVAC DUCTS AND
PART 1 GENERAL
CASINGS
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Duct Materials.
2. Flexible ducts.
3. Insulated flexible ducts.
4. Ductwork fabrication.
5. Duct cleaning.
B.
1.
Related Sections:
2.
Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for W eld
priming, weather resistant, paint or coating specified by this section.
3.
Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:
Product requirements for hangers, supports and sleeves for placement by this
section.
1.2 REFERENCES
Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct
accessories for placement by this section.
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A90/A90M - Standard Test Method for Weight Mass of Coating on Iron
and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings.
3. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting
Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
4. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
5.
6. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet
and Plate.
B. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems.
C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:
1. SMACNA - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.
2. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 31 00- HVAC Ducts and Casing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Ducts And Casings
Section 23 31 00 Page 2
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Variation of duct configuration or sizes other than those of equivalent or lower loss
coefficient is not permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in
place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular
and round ducts.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures {01330 - Submittal Procedures}
B. Shop Drawings: Submit duct fabrication drawings, drawn to scale not smaller than 1/4
inch equals 1 foot, on drawing sheets same size as Contract Documents, indicating:
: Submittal
procedures.
1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation details, including plans, elevations,
sections, details of components, and attachments to other work.
2. Duct layout, indicating pressure classifications and sizes in plan view. For
exhaust duct systems, indicate classification of materials handled as defined in
this section.
3. Fittings.
4. Reinforcing details and spacing.
5. Seam and joint construction details.
6. Penetrations through fire rated and other walls.
7. Terminal unit, coil installations.
8. Hangers and supports, including methods for building attachment, vibration
isolation, and duct attachment.
C. Product Data: Submit data for duct materials and duct liner and duct connectors.
D. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test
pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures for glass fiber ducts.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements {01700 - Execution
Requirements}
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record
changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used.
: Closeout procedures.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and flexible.
B. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards.
C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 31 00- HVAC Ducts and Casing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Ducts And Casings
Section 23 31 00 Page 3
1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five
years experience.
1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements {01300 - Administrative Requirements}
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
:
Pre-installation meeting.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements {01600 - Product Requirements}
B. Do not install duct sealant when temperatures are less than those recommended by
sealant manufacturers.
.
C. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealant.
1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements of all duct installations prior to fabrication.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements {01700 - Execution
Requirements}
PART 2 PRODUCTS
: Product warranties and product bonds.
2.1 DUCT MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality,
having G90 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90/A90M.
B. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws.
C. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, continuously threaded.
2.2 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Product Description: UL Label, black polymer film supported by helical wound spring
steel wire.
1. Pressure Rating: 4 inches wg (1000 Pa) positive and 0.5 inches wg (175 Pa)
2. Maximum Velocity:
negative.
4000 fpm (20.3 m/s).
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 31 00- HVAC Ducts and Casing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Ducts And Casings
Section 23 31 00 Page 4
3. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F (-28 degrees C to 79
degrees C)
2.3 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS
.
A. Product Description: Black polymer film supported by helical-wound spring steel wire;
fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film.
1. Pressure Rating: 4 inches wg (1000 Pa) positive and 0.5 inches wg (175 Pa)
2. Maximum Velocity:
negative.
4000 fpm (20.3 m/s)
3. Temperature Range:
.
-20 degrees F to 175 degrees F (-28 degrees C to 79
degrees C)
4. Thermal Resistance:
.
4.2square feet-hour-degree F per BTU
2.4 DUCTWORK FABRICATION
A. Fabricate and support rectangular ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible and [as indicated on Drawings]. Provide duct
material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.
B. Fabricate and support round ducts with longitudinal seams in accordance with SMACNA
HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible (Round Duct Construction
Standards), and [as indicated on Drawings]. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing,
and sealing for operating pressures indicated.
C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with minimum radius 1-1/2 times centerline duct width.
Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide [airfoil] turning
vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, furnish turning vanes of perforated metal with
glass fiber insulation.
D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible;
maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence
downstream.
E. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct
gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Minimum 4 inch (100 mm)
F. Provide standard 45-degree lateral wye takeoffs. When space does not allow 45-degree
lateral wye takeoff, use 90-degree conical tee connections.
cemented slip joint,
brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements {01300 - Administrative Requirements}
B. Verify sizes of equipment connections before fabricating transitions.
:
Coordination and project conditions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 31 00- HVAC Ducts and Casing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Ducts And Casings
Section 23 31 00 Page 5
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible.
B. During construction, install temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open
ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system.
C. Use crimp joints with beaded sleeve couplings for joining round duct sizes 8 inch
D. Install duct hangers and supports in accordance with Section
and
smaller.
23 05 29
E. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.
F. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands
G. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches (150 to 300 mm)
3.3 CLEANING
above floor. Arrange door swing so fan
static pressure holds door in closed position.
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements {01700 - Execution
Requirements}
B. Clean new duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated
dust. To obtain sufficient air flow, clean one half of system completely before proceeding
to other half. Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with
temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning.
: Final cleaning.
C. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment with potential
to be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Install access
openings into ductwork for cleaning purposes.
3.4 SCHEDULES
DUCTWORK MATERIAL SCHEDULE
AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL
Toilet Room Exhaust and Kitchen (General) Steel or Aluminum.
DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASS SCHEDULE
AIR SYSTEM PRESSURE CLASS
General Exhaust 1 inch
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 07 00- HVAC Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Insulation
Section 23 07 00 Page 1
SECTION 23 07 00
HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ductwork insulation.
2. Duct liner.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for
placement by this section.
2. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting
insulation jackets and covering specified by this section.
3. Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:
Product and Execution requirements for inserts at hanger locations.
4. Section 23 05 53 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product
requirements for HVAC piping and equipment identification.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting
Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
2. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet
and Plate.
3. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate
Apparatus.
4. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating
Cement.
5. ASTM C449/C449M - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting
Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement.
6. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter
Apparatus.
7. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form.
8. ASTM C552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation.
9. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal
Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications.
10. ASTM C921 - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing
Materials for Thermal Insulation.
11. ASTM C1071 - Standard Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation
(Glass Fiber, Duct Lining Material).
12. ASTM C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor
Retarders for Thermal Insulation.
13. ASTM C1290 - Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket
Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 07 00- HVAC Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Insulation
Section 23 07 00 Page 2
14. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
15. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
16. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’:
1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials
and thickness for each service, and location.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature
indicating proper installation procedures.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke
developed index of not exceeding 50 in accordance with ASTM E84.
B. Perform Work in accordance with New York State Energy Code.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years experience.
1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling,
storaging, and protecting products.
B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's
identification, including product density and thickness.
C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and
damage, by storing in original wrapping.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 07 00- HVAC Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Insulation
Section 23 07 00 Page 3
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products
on site.
B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range
recommended by manufacturer.
C. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.
1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS FIBER, EXIBLE
A. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible.
1. ‘K’ factor: ASTM C177 or ASTM C518, 0.24at 75 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.1 percent by volume.
4. Density: 1.0 lb/cu ft.
B. Vapor Retarder Jacket:
1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn bonded to aluminized film.
2. Moisture vapor barrier ASTM E96.04 perm.
3. Secured with sealing laps and butt strips.
C. Tie wire: 18 gage stainless steel, 12” oc.
D. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive:
1. Compatible with insulation.
E. Insulating Cement/Mastic:
1. ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool.
2.2 GLASS FIBER, RIGID
A. Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible.
1. ‘K’ factor: ASTM C177 or ASTM C518, 0.24at 75 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.1 percent by volume.
4. Density: 3.0 lb/cu ft.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 07 00- HVAC Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Insulation
Section 23 07 00 Page 4
B. Vapor Retarder Jacket: ASTM C1136 Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for
Thermal Insulation, Type II.
C. Facing: 1 inch galvanized steel hexagonal wire mesh stitched on one face of insulation.
D. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive:
1. Compatible with insulation.
E. Insulating Cement/Mastic:
1. ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool.
2.3 GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER
A. Insulation: ASTM C1071 Thermal and Acoustical Insulation (Glass Fiber, Duct Lining
Material), Type II.
B. Adhesive:
1. Waterproof, ASTM E162 fire-retardant type.
C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, welded with integral press-on head.
2.4 GLASS FIBER ROUND DUCT LINER
A. Product Description: Round, preformed in cylindrical sections with polyvinyl acetate
polymer acrylic polymer meeting ASTM G21 impregnated surface coat.
1. ‘K’ factor: ASTM C1071, 0.23 at 75 degrees F.
2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F.
3. Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 4,000 fpm.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify piping, equipment and ductwork has been tested before applying insulation
materials.
C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Insulated concealed ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature:
1. Provide with or without standard vapor retarder jacket.
2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends
of insulation.
B. Duct Liner Application:
1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage.
2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Comply with SMACNA
Standards for spacing.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 23 07 00- HVAC Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
HVAC Insulation
Section 23 07 00 Page 5
3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints.
4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive.
5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for airflow.
Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness.
6. Provide edge protection where insulation starts and stops to prevent air
movement from getting under leading edge.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Exhaust Ducts Within 10 feet of Exterior Openings: 1 inch rigid liner
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 44 00-Plumbing Fixtures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Fixtures
Section 22 40 00 Page 1
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Showers.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for calking between
fixtures and building components for placement by this section.
2. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to plumbing
fixtures.
3. Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Waste connections to plumbing
fixtures.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.
B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:
1. ASME A112.18.1 - Plumbing Fixture Fittings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility
sizes, trim, and finishes.
C. Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been completed in
owner’s name and registered with manufacturer.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit fixture, trim, exploded view and replacement
parts lists.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of New York plumbing code.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 44 00-Plumbing Fixtures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Fixtures
Section 22 40 00 Page 2
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum five years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years documented experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory
packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for plumbing fixtures.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and m aintenance
products.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Manufacturers:
A. Refer to plumbing fixture schedule on drawing for Manufacturer, Model, Trim and
Remarks.
2.2 SHOWERS
A. Flush mounted wall unit, stainless steel panel with soap dish mounted to panel with
stainless steel hoses.
B. Solid chrome-plated brass showerhead with ball joint and adjustable spray.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 44 00-Plumbing Fixtures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Fixtures
Section 22 40 00 Page 3
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.
C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with screwdriver stops,
reducers, and escutcheons.
D. Install components level and plumb.
E. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports.
F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 90 00, color
to match fixture.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and
balancing.
B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or
overflow.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Clean plumbing fixtures.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed
construction.
B. Do not permit use of fixtures before final acceptance.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 13 00-Facility Sanitary Sewerage
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Sanitary Sewerage
Section 22 13 00 Page 1
SECTION 22 13 00
FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sanitary sewer piping above grade.
2. Unions and flanges.
3. Cleanouts.
4. Floor Drain (Trench drain).
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for
placement by this section.
2. Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution
requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section.
3. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:
Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for
placement by this section.
4. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product
requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section.
5. Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for
pipe insulation.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:
1. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
2. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV).
3. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Drainage Fittings - DWV.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings.
2. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
3. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal.
4. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes.
5. ASTM B43 - Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard
Sizes.
6. ASTM B75 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube.
7. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.
8. ASTM B251 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube.
9. ASTM B302 - Standard Specification for Threadless Copper Pipe.
10. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV).
11. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe
and Fittings.
12. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe
Hangers.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 13 00-Facility Sanitary Sewerage
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Sanitary Sewerage
Section 22 13 00 Page 2
13. ASTM F1476 - Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical
Couplings for Use in Piping Applications.
C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute:
1. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications.
2. CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast
Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping
Applications.
D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:
1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.
2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit
manufacturers catalog information.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for material and
equipment.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of clean-outs.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with the New York State Plumbing Code.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years experience.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 13 00-Facility Sanitary Sewerage
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Sanitary Sewerage
Section 22 13 00 Page 3
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing
sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SANITARY SEWER PIPE AND VENT PIPE, ABOVE GRADE
A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301.
2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield
assemblies.
B. Copper Tube: ASTM B306, DWV Type L.
1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29, wrought copper.
2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with
melting range 430 to 535 degrees F.
2.2 UNIONS AND FLANGES
A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller:
1. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with [soldered].
2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end,
copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.
B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger:
1. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges.
2. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 13 00-Facility Sanitary Sewerage
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Sanitary Sewerage
Section 22 13 00 Page 4
2.3 CLEANOUTS
A. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Calked or threaded type.
2.4 FLOOR DRAIN (TRENCH DRAIN)
A. Precast polyester concrete shallow channel style with interlocking tongue and groove
design with non-sloping bottom.
B. Stainless Steel slotted grate.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs
or caps.
3.3 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/8 inch per foot minimum on mains 4
inches and larger. Install branch mains smaller than 4 inch with 1/4 inch per foot slope.
Maintain gradients.
B. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide
clearances at cleanout for snaking drainage system.
C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular
to walls.
D. Install piping to maintain headroom. Do not spread piping, conserve space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or
connected equipment. Refer to Section 22 05 16.
G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of
insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 13 00-Facility Sanitary Sewerage
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Sanitary Sewerage
Section 22 13 00 Page 5
H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush
clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
I. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish
painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.
J. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.
K. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.
L. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing
penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 07 84 00.
M. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and
balancing.
B. Test sanitary waste and vent piping system in accordance with New York Sate Plumbing
Code.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 11 00-Facility Water Distribution
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 11 00 Page 1
SECTION 22 11 00
FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Domestic water piping, above grade.
2. Unions and flanges.
3. Valves.
4. Water pressure reducing valves.
5. Water hammer arrestors.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for
placement by this section.
2. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Product requirements for access
doors for placement by this section.
3. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for
painting specified by this section.
4. Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution
requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section.
5. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:
Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for
placement by this section.
6. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product
requirements for pipe identification and valve tags for placement by this section.
7. Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for
pipe insulation.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:
1. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.
2. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure
Fittings.
3. ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.
B. American Society of Sanitary Engineering:
1. ASSE 1010 - Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters.
C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal.
2. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes.
3. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.
4. ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
Applications.
5. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 11 00-Facility Water Distribution
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 11 00 Page 2
6. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe
Hangers.
7. ASTM F1476 - Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical
Couplings for Use in Piping Applications.
D. American Welding Society:
1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.
E. American Water Works Association:
1. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains.
F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:
1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.
2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
3. MSS SP 71 - Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends.
4. MSS SP 80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves.
5. MSS SP 85 - Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded.
6. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.
7. MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and
Flared Ends.
G. Plumbing and Drainage Institute:
1. PDI WH201 - Water Hammer Arrester Standard.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit
manufacturer's catalog information.
2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for
each service.
3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load
capacity.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Record actual locations of tagged valves and
equipment; include valve tag numbers in chart format.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with New York State Plumbing Code.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 11 00-Facility Water Distribution
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 11 00 Page 3
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years experience.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Accept valves and equipment on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect
for damage.
C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until
installation.
E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing
sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water piping.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
B. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 11 00-Facility Water Distribution
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 11 00 Page 4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L hard drawn for pipe 2-1/2 inches and smaller.
1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and
bronze.
2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with
melting range 430 to 535 degrees F.
B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn, rolled grooved ends for pipe 3 inches
and larger.
1. Fittings: ASTM B584 bronze sand castings, grooved ends.
2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476.
a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron,
enamel coated, compatible with copper tubing sizes, to engage and lock
designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion.
b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30
degrees F to 180 degrees F.
c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers.
2.2 UNIONS AND FLANGES
A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller:
1. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered brazed joints.
2. PVC Piping: PVC.
3. CPVC Piping: CPVC.
B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger:
1. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges.
2. PVC Piping: PVC flanges.
3. CPVC Piping: CPVC flanges.
4. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.
C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded
connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM
D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe.
2.3 BALL VALVES
A. 3 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, 400 psi WOG, two piece bronze body, stainless steel
ball, regular port, teflon seats, stainless steel blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded
ends
2.4 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic
internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded ends.
2.5 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. ASSE 1010; copper construction, NSF listed bellow type sized in accordance with PDI
WH-201.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 11 00-Facility Water Distribution
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 11 00 Page 5
B. Pre-charged suitable for operation in temperature range 34 to 250 degrees F and
maximum 150 psi working pressure.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
3.3 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular
to walls.
C. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more
space than necessary.
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
E. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points.
F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or
connected equipment. Refer to Section 22 05 16.
G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of
insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 07 00.
H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible.
I. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush
clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
J. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish
painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.
K. Install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9.
L. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29.
M. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing
penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 07 84 00.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 11 00-Facility Water Distribution
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 11 00 Page 6
N. Install unions downstream of valves.
O. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
P. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters
to pipe.
Q. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.
R. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold
water supply piping to fixtures to prevent hammer or install air chambers on hot and cold
water supply piping to each fixture or group of fixtures (each washroom). Fabricate same
size as supply pipe or 3/4 inch minimum, and minimum 18 inches long.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and
balancing.
B. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with New York State Plumbing Code.
C. Final water samples shall be sent to a New York State Department of Health approved
testing lab and sample test results shall be submitted to A/E of record.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.
B. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
C. Verify pH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or
soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
D. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder and tablet or gas form, throughout
system to obtain residual from 50 to 80 mg/L.
E. Bleed water from outlets to obtain distribution and test for disinfectant residual at
minimum 15 percent of outlets.
F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.
G. When final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.
H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual concentration is equal to incoming water or
1.0 mg/L.
I. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from
water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 07 00-Plumbing Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Insulation
Section 22 07 00 Page 1
SECTION 22 07 00
PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Piping system insulation.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for
placement by this section.
2. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting
insulation jackets and covering specified by this section.
3. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:
Product and Execution requirements for inserts at hanger locations.
4. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product
requirements for plumbing piping and equipment identification.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting
Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
2. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet
and Plate.
3. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating
Cement.
4. ASTM C449/C449M - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting
Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement.
5. ASTM C533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe
Thermal Insulation.
6. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form.
7. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation.
8. ASTM C552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation.
9. ASTM C591 - Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular
Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation.
10. ASTM C592 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and
Blanket-Type Pipe Insulation (Metal-Mesh Covered) (Industrial Type).
11. ASTM C610 - Standard Specification for Molded Expanded Perlite Block and
Pipe Thermal Insulation.
12. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal
Insulation.
13. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact
with Austenitic Stainless Steel.
14. ASTM C1126 - Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular
Phenolic Thermal Insulation.
15. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 07 00-Plumbing Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Insulation
Section 22 07 00 Page 2
16. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials
and thickness for each service, and location.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature
indicating proper installation procedures.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum five years experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years experience.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling,
storage, and protecting products.
B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's
identification, including product density and thickness.
C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and
damage, by storing in original wrapping.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products
on site.
B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range
recommended by manufacturer.
C. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.
1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 07 00-Plumbing Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Insulation
Section 22 07 00 Page 3
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS FIBER, RIGID
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong
2. Certainteed Company.
3. Manville Products.
B. Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible.
1. ‘K’ factor: ASTM C177 or ASTM C518, 0.24 at 75 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.1 percent by volume.
4. Density: 3.0 lb/cu ft.
C. Vapor Retarder Jacket: ASTM C1136 Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for
Thermal Insulation, Type II.
D. Facing: 1 inch galvanized steel hexagonal wire mesh stitched on one face of insulation.
E. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive:
1. Compatible with insulation.
F. Insulating Cement/Mastic:
1. ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool.
2.2 ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR FOAM
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong
B. Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular form:
ASTM C534; Type I, Tubular form.
2.3 EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong.
2. Certainteed Company.
3. Manville Products.
B. Insulation: ASTM C534; rigid, closed cell.
1. ‘K’ factor: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 180 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 07 00-Plumbing Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Insulation
Section 22 07 00 Page 4
B. Verify piping and equipment has been tested before applying insulation materials.
C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
B. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system
including fittings, valves, unions, flanges.
C. Inserts and Shields:
1. Application: Piping or Equipment 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger.
2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts.
3. Insert location: Between support shield and piping.
4. Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching
adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.
5. Insert material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned
temperature range and service.
D. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies
having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when
continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
Refer to Section 07 84 00 for penetrations of assemblies with fire resistance rating
greater than one hour.
E. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth
surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.
F. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Plumbing Systems:
1. Domestic Hot Water Supply:
a. Rigid Fiber Glass Insulation
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
b. Cellular Glass Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
c. Expanded Polystyrene Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes inch.
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
d. Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes.
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
2. Domestic Hot Water Re-circulation:
a. Rigid Fiber Glass Insulation
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
b. Cellular Glass Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 07 00-Plumbing Insulation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Plumbing Insulation
Section 22 07 00 Page 5
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
c. Expanded Polystyrene Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes inch.
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
d. Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes.
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
3. Domestic Cold Water:
a. Fiber Glass Insulation with integral vapor retarder:
1) Pipe Size Range: All, Thickness: 1 inch.
b. Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All, Thickness: 1 inch.
c. Cellular Glass Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes
2) Thickness: 1 inch.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 53-Identification for Plumbing Piping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 53 Page 1
SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Tags.
2. Stencils.
3. Pipe markers.
4. Ceiling tacks.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting
specified by this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:
1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for
mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number,
location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve
tag numbers in chart format.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and
accessories.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 53-Identification for Plumbing Piping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 53 Page 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TAGS
A. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light
contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter.
B. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list of applied tags and location plastic laminated.
2.2 STENCILS
A. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size:
1. Up to 2 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 3/4 inch high letters.
2. 2-1/2 to 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1 1/4 inch high letters.
3. Over 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-3/4 inches high letters.
B. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09 90 00, semi-gloss enamel, colors and lettering
size conforming to ASME A13.1.
2.3 PIPE MARKERS
A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ANSI A13.1.
B. Plastic Pipe Markers:
1. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe
covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener.
C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers:
1. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed
markings.
2.4 CEILING TACKS
A. Description: Steel with 1/2 inch diameter color-coded head.
B. Color code as follows:
1. Plumbing valves: Green.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.
B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00.
B. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 53-Identification for Plumbing Piping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 53 Page 3
C. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location.
D. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.
E. Identify concealed piping, with stenciled painting. Identify exposed piping with plastic pipe
markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with
axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers
and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or
enclosure, and at each obstruction.
F. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves above T-bar type panel ceilings. Locate in corner of
panel closest to equipment.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 1
SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe hangers and supports.
2. Hanger rods.
3. Inserts.
4. Flashing.
5. Sleeves.
6. Firestopping.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for
placement by this section.
2. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for sealant materials
for placement by this section.
3. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for
painting specified by this section.
4. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution: Execution requirements for
placement of hangers and supports specified by this section.
5. Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Execution requirements for
placement of hangers and supports specified by this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials.
2. ASTM E119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
3. ASTM E814 - Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops.
4. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe
Hangers.
5. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.
B. American Welding Society:
1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
C. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:
1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.
2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.
4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 2
5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
E. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or
assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest
movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load
capacity.
2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation
criteria.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions:
1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components.
2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments
to building structure.
B. Perform Work in accordance with New York State Plumbing Code.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 3 years
experience.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling,
storing, and protecting products.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 3
B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's
identification.
C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by
storing in original packaging.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products
on site.
B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient
air is below 60 degrees F.
C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after
installation of firestopping materials.
D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.
1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Michigan Hanger Co.
2. Superior Valve Co.
3. Grinnell.
B. Furnish materials in accordance with New York State Plumbing Code.
C. Plumbing Piping - DWV:
1. Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP58, MSS SP69 and MSS SP89.
2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split
ring.
3. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger
rods.
5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.
6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and
wrought steel clamp.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 4
7. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
8. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and
concrete pier or steel support.
9. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon-steel adjustable, ring.
D. Plumbing Piping - Water:
1. Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP58, MSS SP69, and MSS SP89.
2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split
ring.
3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable,
clevis.
4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
5. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger
rods.
6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.
7. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
8. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple,
floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
9. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe
saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
10. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, Carbon-steel ring.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous
threaded.
2.3 INSERTS
A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded
connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to
forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.
2.4 FLASHING
A. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet compatible with roofing.
2.5 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves for Pipes through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.
B. Sleeves for Pipes through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel
pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.
C. Sealant: refer to Section 07 90 00.
2.6 FIRESTOPPING
A. Refer to Specification Section 07 84 00.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 5
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before
starting work.
B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.
C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other m atter affecting
bond of firestopping material.
B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.
C. Install damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.
D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors.
E. Do not drill or cut structural members.
F. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.
3.3 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.
C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent
work.
D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
E. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.
F. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing
between hangers.
G. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub.
H. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or
trapeze hangers.
I. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
J. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.
K. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 6
L. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09 90 00. Hangers and
supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not
considered exposed.
M. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of
insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00.
3.4 INSTALLATION - INSERTS
A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms.
B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of
reinforced concrete beams.
C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches
and larger.
D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.
E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-
bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut slab.
3.5 INSTALLATION - FLASHING
A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping penetrates waterproofed
walls and floors.
B. Seal shower drains watertight to adjacent materials.
3.6 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES
A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction.
Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.
B. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.
C. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent
work with fire stopping, insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or
escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.
D. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing,
adjusting, and balancing.
B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 29- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment
Section 22 05 29 Page 7
B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.
3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting
finished Work.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.
3.10 SCHEDULES
PIPE MATERIAL
MAXIMUM
HANGER SPACING
Feet
HANGER ROD
DIAMETER
Inches
Cast Iron (All Sizes) pipe length less than 10’ 5 5/8
Cast Iron (All Sizes) with 10 foot length of pipe 10 5/8
CPVC, 1 inch and smaller 3 1/2
CPVC, 1-1/4 inches and larger 4 1/2
Copper Tube, 1-1/4 inches and smaller 6 1/2
Copper Tube, 1-1/2 inches and larger 10 1/2
PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 16-Expansion Fittings and Loops
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping
Section 22 05 16 Page 1
SECTION 22 05 16
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe alignment guides.
2. Swivel joints.
3. Pipe anchors.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:
Product and installation requirements for piping hangers and supports.
2. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution: Product and installation
requirements for piping used in domestic water systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Welding Society:
1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
C. Welders’ Certificate: Include welders’ certification of compliance with AWS D1.1.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of anchors, and guides.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum three years experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years experience.
1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 22 05 16-Expansion Fittings and Loops
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping
Section 22 05 16 Page 2
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
C. Protect equipment from exposure by leaving factory coverings, pipe end protection, and
packaging in place until installation.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and
product bonds.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESSORIES
A. Pipe Alignment Guides: Two piece welded steel with enamel paint, bolted, with spider to
fit standard pipe, frame with four mounting holes, clearance for minimum 1 inch thick
insulation, minimum 3 inch travel.
B. Swivel Joints: body, double ball bearing race, field lubricated, with o-ring seals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install Work in accordance with ASME B31.9.
B. Rigidly anchor pipe to building structure. Provide pipe guides to direct movement only
along axis of pipe. Erect piping so strain and weight is not on cast connections or
apparatus.
C. Install Work in accordance with New York State Plumbing Code.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 1
SECTION 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and field application of paints and other coatings and
decorative finishing.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Shop primed items.
2. Section 06 20 00 – Finish Cabinetry: Shop finished cabinet work.
3. Section 09 96 00 - High-Performance Coatings.
4. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.
5. Section 23 05 53 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
6. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.
7. Section 27 05 53 - Identification for Communications Systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related
Products.
2. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of
Wood and Wood-Base Materials.
3. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials.
B. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials.
C. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America:
1. PDCA - Architectural Painting Specification Manual.
D. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings:
1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on finishing products.
1. Submit a list of comparable materials, including identifying product names, numbers,
and catalogue data sheets.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 2
C. Samples:
1. Submit three painted samples, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color
and system selected with specified coats cascaded. Submit on appropriate substrate
material, 9 x 12 inches
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special surface preparation procedures, substrate
conditions requiring special attention, and any other pertinent information.
in size.
E. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems that might arise from using specified coating
systems with substrates.
F. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish material proposed
for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and
coated surfaces.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with
minimum ten years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum five years
documented experience.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
C. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code,
coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and
instructions for mixing and reducing.
D. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and maximum of 90
degrees F
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside temperature ranges
required by paint product manufacturer.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 3
C. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow when relative humidity is outside humidity
ranges, or moisture content of surfaces exceed those required by paint product manufacturer.
D. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F
E. Provide lighting level of
for
exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
80 ft candle
1.10 SEQUENCING
measured mid-height at substrate surface.
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Work sequence.
B. Sequence application to the following:
1. Do not apply finish coats until paintable sealant is applied.
2. Back prime wood trim before installation of trim.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for paints and coatings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINTS AND COATINGS
A. Manufacturers: Paint, Transparent Finishes, Stain, Primer Sealers, Block Filler, Field Catalyzed
Coatings.
1. Sherwin Williams
2. Benjamin Moore
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Prepare coatings:
1. To soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to
homogeneous coating.
2. For good flow and brushing properties.
3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not
specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified; commercial quality.
C. Patching Materials: Latex filler.
D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive Work as instructed by product
manufacturer.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 4
C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless
moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums:
1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent.
2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent.
3. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442.
4. Exterior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442.
5. Concrete Floors: 8 percent.
D. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report conditions
capable of affecting proper application, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Presence of dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, or scuffed surfaces
2. Surfaces sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and/or burning of finish paint.
E. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Appurtenances: Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim,
escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.
B. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of affecting work of this section. Remove or
repair existing coatings exhibiting surface defects. Patch, repair and sand smooth all cracks,
protrusions and blemishes in the surface of existing substrates. Remove all unused accessories
such as nails, hooks and fasteners.
C. Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes.
D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and
bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high
pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer
immediately following cleaning.
F. Asphalt, Creosote, or Bituminous Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove foreign particles to
permit adhesion of finishing materials. Apply compatible sealer or primer.
G. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton.
H. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify
required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry.
I. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
J. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of
etching primer.
K. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose
mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with solution
of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of
corroding metals with solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to
dry.
L. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster.
Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 5
M. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where
heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by
washing with solvent. Apply treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and
nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs.
N. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to
make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces.
Prime metal items including shop primed items.
O. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal
knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has
dried; sand between coats. Prime, stain, or seal, wood immediately upon delivery to job. Prime
edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets, counters, cases,
paneling.
P. Backprime paneling on interior partitions only where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall
construction occurs on backside.
Q. Glue-Laminated Beams: Prior to finishing, wash surfaces with solvent, remove grease and dirt.
R. Wood Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal wood door top and bottom edge surfaces with a heavy
coat of varnish or clear sealer immediately upon delivery of job.
S. Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces.
3.3 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing paint and coatings installations using materials and methods compatible with
existing installations and as specified.
B. Where disturbance has occurred on a wall surface, clean, prep and paint entire wall surface.
Where two walls are disturbed, clean prep and paint entire room.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is
applied.
B. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding
coat unless specified otherwise.
C. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to
applying next coat.
E. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into grain before set. Wipe
excess from surface.
F. Prime concealed surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint.
G. Prime concealed surfaces of interior wood surfaces scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with
gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner.
H. Finishing Mechanical And Electrical Equipment:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 6
1. Refer to Section 22 05 53, Section 23 05 53, Section 26 05 53, and Section 27 05 53
for schedule of color coding and identification banding of equipment, duct work,
piping, and conduit.
2. Paint shop primed equipment.
3. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and
electrical components and paint separately.
4. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed
ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, and except where items are shop
finished.
5. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets
visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces.
Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard
cabinets to match face panels.
6. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas.
7. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone
equipment before installing equipment.
8. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed duct work in accordance with
requirements indicated.
9. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings
removed prior to finishing.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Collect waste material which may constitute fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and
remove daily from site.
3.7 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES: All materials are based on Sherwin Williams unless noted
otherwise.
A. Concrete, Concrete Block:
1. One coat of Preprite Block Filler (B25W25) @ 8.0 MDFT
2. Two coats of Loxon Masonry Coating (A24WA351) @ 3.7 MDFT
B. Gypsum Board, Cement Plaster Soffits:
1. One coat of Loxon Masonry Primer (A24W300) @ 3.2 MDFT
2. Two coats of Loxon Masonry Coating (A24WA351) @ 3.7 MDFT
C. Steel - Galvanized:
1. Two Coats: Sher-Cryl HPA High Performance Acrylic (B66-300 Series) @ 2.5-4.0 MDFT.
2. Application: Preparation and prime coat is to be applied in factory by fabricator.
D. Aluminum - Mill Finish:
1. Two Coats: Sher-Cryl HPA High Performance Acrylic (B66-300 Series) @ 2.5-4.0
MDFT
3.8 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES: All materials are based on Sherwin Williams unless noted otherwise.
A. Concrete Block:
1. 1 coat Preprite Block filler (B25) DFT-8.0.
2. 2 coats Harmony “ O VOC - Silica Free - Antimicrobial ” Latex Semi-Gloss (B10) @ 1.6
MDFT per coat.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Painting And Coating
Section 09 90 00 Page 7
B. Concrete:
1. One coat Preprite Masonry Primer (B28W300) @ 3.0 MDFT
2. Two coats Harmony “ O VOC - Silica Free - Antimicrobial ” Latex Semi-Gloss (B10) @ 1.6
MDFT per coat.
C. Structural Steel and Metal – Steel access doors and frames, hollow metal doors and frames, all
new removable mullions, stair railings, hollow metal window frames, new fire extinguisher cabinets,
1. Interior Metal /Steel:
a. 1 coat Kem Bond HS Primer (B50 Series) @ 2.5-5.0 MDFT
b. 2 coats DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Coating (B66-200) @ 2.5-4.0 MDFT per coat.
D. Galvanized Metal: Exposed miscellaneous metal, exposed ducts, conduits, mechanical and
electrical devices:
1. One coat DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish (B66W1) @ 2.5-5.0 MDFT
2. Two coats DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Coating (B66-200) @ 2.5-4.0 MDFT per coat.
E. Aluminum - Mill Finish:
1. Two coats DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating (B66-100) @ 2.5-4.0MDFT per coat.
F. Gypsum Board and Plaster Walls:
1. All interior drywall gypsum board wall surfaces for a painted finish. Inspect per Article
3.01. (Spot prime all joints and spots with primer first.)
a. One coat Harmony Low odor Primer (B11) DFT-1.0.
b. Two coats Harmony “ O VOC - Silica Free- Antimicrobial “ Latex Eggshell (B9) @
1.6 MDFT per coat.
G. Gypsum Board and Plaster Ceilings:
1. All interior drywall gypsum board ceiling surfaces for a painted finish. Inspect per Article
3.01 (Spot prime all joints and spots with primer first.)
a. One coat: Harmony Low odor Primer (B11) DFT-1.0.
b. Two coats: Harmony “ O VOC – Silica Free - Antimicrobial - Latex Flat (B5) @
1.7 MDFT per coat.
H. Wood - Painted:
1. One Coat: PrepRite Classic Interior Latex Primer (B28W101) @ 1.6 MDFT
2. Two Coats: ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss (B31-2200) @ 1.5 MDFT per coat.
3.9 SCHEDULE – COLORS:
A. Paint colors shall match existing conditions. Where entire wall or ceiling paint is required, match
adjacent wall colors and sheen.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 30 00-Tiling
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Tiling
Section 09 30 00 Page 1
SECTION 09 30 00
TILING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes ceramic wall tile, ceramic cove base and ceramic mosaic, for floor and
wall applications.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing: Troweling of floor slab for tile application.
2. Section 03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment.
3. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection.
4. Section 09 00 00 – Finish Key and Schedule
5. Section 07 95 00- Expansion Control joint components.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A108.1 - Installation of Ceramic Tile, A collection.
2. ANSI A108.1A - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set
Method with Portland Cement Mortar.
3. ANSI A108.1B - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured
Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.
4. ANSI A108.1C - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic
Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar -or- Installation of Ceramic Tile
on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement
Mortar.
5. ANSI A108.4 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives
or Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive.
6. ANSI A108.5 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland
Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.
7. ANSI A108.6 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant,
Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy.
8. ANSI A108.7 - Specifications for Electrically Conductive Ceramic Tile Installed
with Conductive Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.
9. ANSI A108.8 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant
Furan Mortar and Grout.
10. ANSI A108.9 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Modified Epoxy
Emulsion Mortar/Grout.
11. ANSI A108.10 - Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework.
12. ANSI A118.1 - Standard Specification for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.
13. ANSI A118.3 - Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting and -Grouting
Epoxy and Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive.
14. ANSI A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.
15. ANSI A118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts.
16. ANSI A118.8 - Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.
17. ANSI A118.9 - Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units.
18. ANSI A136.1 - Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile.
19. ANSI A137.1 - Ceramic Tile.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 30 00-Tiling
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Tiling
Section 09 30 00 Page 2
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C847 - Standard Specification for Metal Lath.
C. Tile Council of North America:
1. TCA - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, 2008 edition.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions,
junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic
accessories, and setting details.
C. Product Data: Submit instructions for using grouts and adhesives.
D. Samples: Submit two sets of samples of the following for color selection or verification of
color variations.
1. Tile products
2. Grouts
3. Sealants
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit recommended cleaning methods, cleaning
materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with 2008 TCA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118
Series.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum ten years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years experience and approved by tile manufacturer.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 30 00-Tiling
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Tiling
Section 09 30 00 Page 3
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Protect adhesives and grouts from freezing or overheating.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Do not install adhesives and grouts in unventilated environment.
C. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar
materials.
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
B. Supply additional 5 percent of each size, color, and surface finish of tile specified.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TILE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Daltile
2. American Olean
3. Crossville
4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: ANSI A137.1, conforming to the following:
1. Moisture Absorption: 0.01 to 0.5 percent.
2. Size: Match existing floor tile size. Assume 2”x2”x1/4” Verify in Field exact tile
dimensions. Notify Architect Immediately if size differs
3. Shape: Square.
4. Edge: Cushioned.
5. Surface Finish: Unglazed without abrasive admixture, coefficient of friction equal to or
exceeding 0.6 wet.
6. Mounted Sheet Size: 12 x 12 inches.
7. Colors: Match Existing
8. Pattern: Solid.
9. Product: Equal to American Olean Unglazed Mosaic Ceramic Tile.
B. Ceramic Wall Tile: ANSI A137.1, conforming to the following:
1. Moisture Absorption: Less than 20 percent.
2. Nominal Size: Match existing wall tile size. Assume 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 x 5/16 inch. Verify in
Field exact tile dimensions. Notify Architect Immediately if size differs
3. Shape: Square.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 30 00-Tiling
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Tiling
Section 09 30 00 Page 4
4. Edge: Cushioned.
5. Surface Finish: Match Existing
6. Color: Match Existing
7. Pattern: Solid
8. Trim Units: Coved corners inside and outside, and coved base on new walls.
9. Product: Equal to American Olean Wall Tile.
C. Base: Match floor tile for moisture absorption and surface finish, when applicable:
1. Mosaic:
a. Length: Match Tile length.
b. Dimension:
1) Built-up Base MT-6A: (2) Rows, 2” x 2” Straight, (1) Row
C-833 Cove.
c. Top Edge: Straight.
d. Bottom Edge: Coved.
e. Internal Corner: Coved.
f. External Corner: Bullnose.
g. Color: As scheduled on Finish Key.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesive Materials:
1. Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI A118.3, thin-set bond type.
B. Mortar Materials:
1. Mortar Bed Materials: Proportioned in accordance with applicable code.
a. Portland cement: ASTM C150, type 1, gray or white.
b. Sand: ASTM C144, fine.
c. Latex additive: As approved.
d. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
e. Water: Clean and potable.
2. Mortar Bond Coat Materials:
a. Laticrete 254 Platinum, Polymer fortified type: ANSI A118.4.
C. Grout Materials:
1. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.8, modified epoxy emulsion grout; use for shower
applications
a. Color: As selected by Architect.
D. Waterproofing Membrane at Floors: ANSI A118.10, Chlorinated Polyethelene (CPE)
membrane, or approved equal
a. Manufacturer: The Noble Company or approved equal.
E. Movement and Control Joints:
1. Locations: Control Joints as required for movement as described in paragraph
3.3 Installation.
a. Material: Side sections made of rigid, recycled PVC; movement zone
made of soft CPE or soft PVC.
b. Product: Schluter Systems “Dilex”.
F. Cleavage Membrane: No. 15 asphalt saturated felt or 4 mil thick polyethylene film.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 30 00-Tiling
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Tiling
Section 09 30 00 Page 5
G. Reinforcing Mesh: 2 x 2 inch size weave of 16/16 wire size; welded fabric, galvanized.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect surrounding work from damage.
B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.
C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable
flatness tolerances.
D. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install tile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through
A108.10, and TCA Handbook recommendations.
B. Lay tile in solid pattern. Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall
and that no tile less than ½” width is used. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings..
C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and
bases neatly. Align floor and base joints.
D. Place tile with joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size.
Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout.
1. Ceramic Tile: 1/16 inch
2. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/8 inch.
E. Form internal angles coved and external angles bull-nosed.
F. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings.
G. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
H. Keep all movement joints and structural expansion joints– vertical and horizontal, free of
tile, adhesive or grout. Provide movement joints in accordance with TCA Handbook
Movement Joint Design Essentials EJ171-07.
1. Provide interior control joints in tiled surfaces at 20’-25’ in each direction.
2. Provide exterior control joints in tiled surfaces at 8’-12’ in each direction.
3. Provide interior control joints in tiled surfaces exposed to direct sunlight or
moisture at 8’ to 12’ in each direction.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 30 00-Tiling
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Tiling
Section 09 30 00 Page 6
4. Provide movement joints where tile work abuts restraining surfaces, including
perimeter walls, dissimilar floors, curbs, columns, pipes, door and window frames and
where changes occur in backing materials.
5. Joints through tilework directly over structural joints must never be narrower than
the structural joint.
6. Apply sealant to joints.
I. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting.
J. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated.
K. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes.
L. Installation - Floors - Thin-Set Methods:
1. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook
Method F113, dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless
otherwise indicated.
a. In Toilet Rooms, or where waterproofing membrane is indicated, install in
accordance with TCA Handbook Method F122, with latex-portland
cement grout.
b. In Kitchens, or where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in
accordance with TCA Handbook Method F131.
M. Installation - Floors - Mortar Bed Methods:
1. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook
Method F111, with cleavage membrane.
a. In Shower Rooms, or where waterproofing membrane is indicated, with
standard grout, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F121.
2. Cleavage Membrane: Lap and seal watertight, edges and ends.
3. Waterproofing Membrane: Install as specified in Section 07 13 00.
N. Installation - Wall Tile:
1. Over interior concrete and masonry install in accordance with TCA Handbook
Method W222.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Clean tile and grout surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed
construction.
B. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 21 16 Page 1
SECTION 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes metal stud wall framing; metal channel ceiling framing; soffit framing;
gypsum board and joint treatment; gypsum sheathing, moisture resistant gypsum board;
acoustic insulation; and accessories.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 06 10 53 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking for support.
2. Section 07 84 00 – Firestopping.
3. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection.
4. Section 08 12 15 – Custom Steel Frames.
5. Section: Product requirements for frames for recessed or wall mounted
washroom accessories access panels for placement by this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for
Finishing Gypsum Board.
2. ASTM C514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum
Board.
3. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum
Wallboard to Wood Framing.
4. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.
5. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal
Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing.
6. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members
to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.
7. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum
Board.
8. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of
Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in.
(0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness.
9. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of
Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases.
10. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing
(Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories.
11. ASTM C1177 - Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as
Sheathing.
12. ASTM C1178 - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum
Backing Panel.
13. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing.
14. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.
15. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 21 16 Page 2
16. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne
Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.
17. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials.
B. Gypsum Association:
1. GA 214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.
2. GA 216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
3. GA 600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual Sound Control.
C. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
D. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated assemblies in conjunction with Section 05 40 00
as follows:
1. Fire Rated Partitions: As shown on drawings.
B. Acoustic Attenuation for Identified Interior Partitions: 63 STC in accordance with ASTM
E90.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate special details associated with fireproofing, acoustic seals, and
compression track.
C. Product Data: Submit data on metal framing, gypsum board, joint tape; decorative finish,
acoustic accessories and cementitious backer board.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C840. GA-214, GA-216 and GA-600.
B. Fire Rated Wall Construction: Rating as indicated on Drawings in conjunction with
Section 05 40 00.
C. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum ten years documented experience.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 21 16 Page 3
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum ten
years documented experience.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Georgia Pacific Gypsum Corp. Model Dens-Glass Gold Sheathing.
2. National Gypsum Co. Model.
3. United States Gypsum Co. Model.
4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Framing Materials:
1. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645; GA-216 and GA-600; galvanized sheet steel,
0.021 inch thick, C shape, with knurled faces.
2. Furring, Framing, and Accessories: ASTM C645. .
3. Fasteners: ASTM C1002; Type S; length to suit application.
4. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of
type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place.
B. Gypsum Board Materials: ASTM C1396/C1396M; Type X fire resistant where indicated
on Drawings.
1. Standard Gypsum Board: 1/2 or 5/8 inch thick (as indicated on drawings),
maximum available length in place; ends square cut, tapered edges.
2. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396; fire resistive type, UL or WH rated; 5/8
inch thick, maximum available length in place; ends square cut, tapered edges
3. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: 5/8 inch thick, maximum available length in
place; ends square cut, tapered edges. Use at toilet rooms, shower rooms,
kitchens, locker rooms and similar damp locations as indicated on Contract
Drawings.
4. Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C1396; fire rated type; 5/8 inch thick; square
edges, ends square cut, maximum available size in place. Used as first layer of
double layer installation.
5. Gypsum Sheathing Board: 5/8 inch thick, moisture resistant type, maximum
available size in place; ends square cut, square edges; glass mat faces. (Both
faces).
6. Abuse Resistant Gypsum Wall Sheathing Board: ASTM D 3273; moisture
resistant, noncombustible glass fiber reinforced dense gypsum core with abuse
resistant coated glass mat facings; 5/8” thick
a. Provide abuse resistant gypsum sheathing equal to DensArmor Plus
Abuse Guard manufactured by Georgia-Pacific
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 21 16 Page 4
7.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced, 3 inch
thick. Product shall be formaldehyde free.
B. Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum
board; in accordance with section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection
C. Acoustic Resilient Channels.
D. Corner Beads: Metal
E. Edge Trim: GA-216; Type J bead
F. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, Type S12
G. Joint Materials: ASTM C475; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated
on shop drawings.
3.2 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing gypsum board installations using materials and methods as specified.
B. Repair and remodel existing gypsum board assemblies which remain or are to be altered.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Stud Installation:
1. Install studs in accordance with ASTM C754.
2. Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center.
3. Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending stud framing through
ceiling to structure above. Maintain clearance under structural building members
to avoid deflection transfer to studs. At fire rated partitions provide extended leg
ceiling runners with compressible fire rated fill.
4. Access Panel Installation: Install access panel in metal stud and gypsum drywall
ceilings as recommended by manufacturer. Where required, provide additional
ceiling bracing around access panels to ensure that sagging does not occur.
5. Blocking: Nail wood blocking to studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing
fixtures, toilet partitions, wall cabinets, wood frame opening, toilet accessories,
hardware, and any other materials requiring blocking. Coordinate blocking
requirements with other contractors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 21 16 Page 5
B. Wall Furring Installation:
1. Erect wall furring for direct attachment to walls.
2. Erect furring channels horizontally or vertically; space maximum 16 inches oc,
not more than 4 inches from floor, ceiling lines and abutting walls. Secure in
place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 24 inches on center.
C. Furring for Fire Ratings: Install furring as required for fire resistance ratings indicated and
to GA-600 requirements.
D. Ceiling Framing Installation:
1. Install in accordance with ASTM C754.
2. Coordinate location of hangers with other work.
3. Install ceiling framing independent of walls, columns, and above ceiling work.
4. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt main carrying
channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing
minimum 24 inches past each end of openings.
5. Laterally brace entire suspension system.
E. Gypsum Board Installation:
1. Install gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, GA-216, and GA-600.
2. Erect single layer standard gypsum board horizontal, with ends and edges
occurring over firm bearing.
3. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends
occurring over firm bearing.
4. Erect exterior gypsum sheathing in accordance with ASTM C1280, horizontally,
with edges butted and ends occurring over firm bearing.
5. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing.
6. Double Layer Applications: Use gypsum backing board for first layer, placed
perpendicular to framing or furring members. Use fire rated gypsum backing
board for fire rated partitions and ceilings.
7. Place second layer perpendicular l to first layer. Offset joints of second layer from
joints of first layer.
8. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.
9. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as indicated on
Drawings or as directed.
10. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge
trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials.
F. Joint Treatment: Interior Gypsum
1. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth
surface ready to receive finishes.
2. Feather coats on to adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch.
3. Taping, filling, and sanding are required at surfaces behind adhesive applied
ceramic tile.
G. Joint Treatment – Exterior Sheathing Board.
1. Seal all joints with manufacturer recommended sealant.
2. Completely cover each fastener with sealant.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 21 16 Page 6
B. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from Flat Surface: 1/8 inch in 10
feet in any direction.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 1
SECTION 09 51 13
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes suspended metal grid ceiling system and perimeter trim; acoustic [tile.] ;
and supplementary acoustic insulation over system units.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 21 16 - Blanket Insulation.
2. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection.
3. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Access panels.
4. Section 23 37 00 - Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling system.
5. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system.
6. Section 27 51 16 - Public Address and Mass Notification Systems: Speakers in
ceiling system.
7. Section 28 31 00 - Fire Detection and Alarm: Fire alarm components in ceiling
system.
8. Section 09 00 00 - Room Finish Schedule and Key
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C635 - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and
Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel
Ceilings.
2. ASTM C636 - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension
Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels.
3. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal
Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing.
4. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
5. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials.
6. ASTM E580 - Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems
for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint.
7. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products.
B. Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association:
1. CISCA - Acoustical Ceilings: Use and Practice.
C. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
D. National Fire Protection Association:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 2
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
2. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall
and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Suspension System: Rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including integral mechanical
and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1: 360
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other work
or ceiling finishes, interrelation of mechanical and electrical items related to system.
Indicate method of suspension where interference exists.
C. Product Data: Submit data on metal grid system components, acoustic units.
D. Samples: Submit [two] samples 6x6 inch in size illustrating material and finish of
acoustic units.
E. Samples: Submit [two] samples each, 12 inches long, of suspension system
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and perimeter
conditions requiring special attention.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to CISCA requirements.
B. Fire Rated Construction .
1. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119.
2. Prescriptive Rating: deterimined in accordance with New York State Building
Code 2010
3. Installed System: Conform to designated UL listing.
C. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 .
D. Single Source Responsibility: To obtain combined warranty for the suspension system
and the acoustical panel, color match or ceiling panel and suspension system
compatibility, all acoustical panel and suspension system components shall be produced
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 3
and supplied by one manufacturer. Materials supplied by more than one manufacturer
are not acceptable.
E. Requirements of regulatory agencies: Codes and regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
F. Source quality control:
1. Test reports: Manufacturer will provide test certification for minimum
requirements as tested in accordance with applicable industry standards
and/or to meet performance standards specified by various agencies.
2. Changes from system: System performance following any substitution of
materials or change in assembly design must be certified by the
manufacturer.
3. All ceiling panel cartons must contain UL label for acoustical compliance.
4. All suspension system cartons must contain UL label for load compliance per
ASTM C635.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum 5 years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section [with minimum 5 years
documented experience.
1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be delivered in their original unopened packages and stored in an
enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements.
B. Storage:
1. Panels: Storage time of materials at the job site should be as short as
possible, and environmental conditions should be as near as possible to
those specified for occupancy. Excess humidity during storage can cause
expansion of material and possible warp, sag, or poor fit after installation.
Chemical changes in the mat and/or coatings can be aggravated by excess
humidity and cause discoloration during storage, even in unopened cartons.
Cartons should be removed from pallets and stringers to prevent distortion of
material. Long-term (6- 12 months) storage under uncontrolled environmental
conditions should be avoided.
2. Suspension System: Store in manner that will prevent warping, scratches, or
damage of any kind.
C. Handling: Handle in such manner to ensure against racking, distortion, or physical
damage of any kind.
D. Damaged or deteriorated materials should be removed from the premises. Immediately
before installation, to stabilize tile and panels, store them at a location where temperature
and humidity conditions duplicate those ambient during installation and anticipated for
occupancy.
1.8 MOCKUP
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 4
1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum 1 week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Maintain uniform temperature and humidity prior to, during, and after installation. Do not
use ceiling panels in extreme or continuous high humidity, or areas exposed directly to
weather or water. Ceiling panels are sized and designed for use within the standard
occupancy range of temperature and humidity, 65-85 °F, no more than 70% RH (relative
humidity). Humidity can greatly affect product dimensional stability and sag resistance.
Sag can become noticeable during periods of high humidity lasting only a few hours.
C. Allow time for dimensional changes in ceiling panels stored at temperature/humidity
conditions well outside of those recommended for service. With increases in
temperature/humidity, these products expand (up to 1/64 in./ft. at 85 °F, 90% RH) and
may not fit into a fixed grid. Conversely, with decreases, these products will be undersize,
but expand to normal when standard ambient conditions return.
D. For some pattern edge details, if perimeter panels must be cut smaller, the cut edge must
be field-rabbited, or the wall angle must be lowered by reveal depth.
E. Indicate formaldehyde VOC Classification, as tested by ASTM D5116 and according to
standards established by the Collaborative for High-Performance Schools (CHPS), the
State of Washington, the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE), and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) & The
California Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment (COEHHA).
1. “Formaldehyde-free”
a. The California Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment
recognizes products with emissions of less than 3 parts per billion (ppb)
as "formaldehyde-free".
2. "Low Formaldehyde"
a. The Collaborative for High Performance Schools standard for VOC
emissions limits the amount to 13.5ppb = 0.0135 ppm = 16.5g/m3 as a
Low Formaldehyde VOC Class panels.
1.11 SEQUENCING
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Requirements for sequencing.
B. Sequence Work to ensure acoustic ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed,
sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work
is completed, tested, and approved.
C. Install acoustic units after interior wet work is dry, including residual moisture from
plaster, concrete, or terrazzo work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 5
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
B. Furnish five percent (5%) of total acoustic unit area of extra of each tile to Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong World Industries .
2. USG Interiors
3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements .
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Acoustic Tile: ASTM E1264, conforming to the following:
USG Fissured Panel
1. Size: 24” x 48”.
2. Thickness: 5/8”
3. Composition: Mineral
4. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on
product carton, 0.55.
5. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on
product carton, 35
6. Joint: Kerfed
7. Edge: Square
8. Surface Color: White
9. Surface Finish: Directional fissured
B. Grid:
1. Non-fire Rated Grid: ASTM C635, light; exposed T [concealed T and G] ******
2. Grid Materials: Commercial quality cold rolled steel with galvanized coating.
3. Exposed Grid Surface Width: 9/16“.
4. Grid Finish: White
5. Accessories: Required for suspended grid system.
6. Support Channels and Hangers: size and type to suit application and ceiling
system flatness requirement specified.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustic and grid units.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 6
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify layout of hangers will not interfere with other work.
3.2 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing acoustical ceiling installations using materials and methods as specified.
B. Clean and repair existing acoustical ceilings which remain or are to be reinstalled.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Lay-In Grid Suspension System:
1. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C635, ASTM C636 and as
supplemented in this section.
2. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan.
3. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate location of hangers
with other work.
4. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and
conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face
plane of adjacent members.
5. Where ducts or other equipment prevent regular spacing of hangers, reinforce
nearest affected hangers [and related carrying channels] to span extra distance.
6. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners when weight
causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by
supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner.
7. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners.
8. Perimeter Molding:
a. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces [into
bed of acoustic sealant] [with continuous gasket].
b. Use longest practical lengths.
c. Miter corners.
d. Install at junctions with other interruptions.
B. Acoustic Units:
1. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental
to appearance and function.
2. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis.
Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces.
3. Install units after above ceiling work is complete.
4. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents.
5. Cutting Acoustic Units:
a. Cut to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim.
b. Cut square reveal edges to field cut units.
6. Where bullnose concrete block corners or round obstructions occur, install
preformed closures to match perimeter molding.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 09 21 13-Acoustic Panel Ceilings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Acoustic Panel Ceilings
Section 09 51 13 Page 7
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
C. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 08 31 13-Access Doors and Frames
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Access Doors and Frames
08 31 13 - 1
SECTION 08 31 13
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes access doors and panels with frames.
1. Provide for access to controls, valves, traps, dampers, cleanouts, and similar
items requiring operation behind inaccessible finished surfaces.
2. Coordinate exact locations with various trades to assure proper placement of
access doors and panels.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 04810 – Unit Masonry Assemblies: openings in masonry
2. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies.
3. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Placement of access
frame unit anchors in concrete.
4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Field paint finish.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials.
B. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Building Materials Directory.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of access door units.
C. Product Data: Submit literature indicating sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled
locations, fire resistance listings, and details of adjoining Work.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation requirements and rough-in
dimensions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 08 31 13-Access Doors and Frames
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Access Doors and Frames
08 31 13 - 2
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of access units.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Resistance Ratings: Where indicated as fire rated provide assemblies from
manufacturers listed in UL Directory or (Warnock Hersey Listed) Directory.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified with minimum
three years documented experience.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.
B. Coordinate Work with work requiring controls, valves, traps, dampers, cleanouts, and
similar items requiring operation being located behind finished surfaces.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
A. Manufacturers: Wall and ceiling units:
1. J. L. Industries.
2. Elmdor Access Doors (48x48 Access Door)
3. Nystrom Products Co.
4. Acudor Products
5. Substitutions: Section 01 30 00
B. Product Description:
1. Non-Fire Rated Wall Unit: Formed steel, size as required to provide adequate
access:
a. Provide access by manufacturers listed above sized to fit openings.
b. Access Door shall be provided dependent upon type of wall opening.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate units of continuous welded construction; weld, fill, and grind joints to assure
flush and square unit.
B. Fabricate frames and flanges of minimum 14 ga. steel, prime painted.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 08 31 13-Access Doors and Frames
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Access Doors and Frames
08 31 13 - 3
C. Fabricate wall and ceiling door panels of minimum 20 ga. double sheet with integral non-
combustible insulation filler.
D. Wall and Ceiling Access Door and Panel Hardware:
1. Hinge: Standard continuous or concealed spring pin type, 175 degree steel
hinges.
2. Lock: Self-latching lock with interior latch release mechanism. Furnish master
keyed cylinder lock with two keys for each unit
3. Closer: Concealed constant force closure spring type.
E. Size Variations: Obtain acceptance of manufacturer’s standard size units which vary
slightly from sizes shown or scheduled.
2.3 SHOP FINISHING
A. Base Metal Protection: Prime coat units with primer.
B. Finish: Paint to match color of wall.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify rough openings for access doors and panels are correctly sized and located.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Secure frames rigidly in place, plumb and level in opening, with plane of door and panel
face aligned with adjacent finished surfaces.
1. Set concealed frame type units flush with adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Position unit to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access.
D. Install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80 and requirements for fire listing.
E. Install additional bracing as necessary for ceiling mounted access panels.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 07 84 00- Firestopping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Firestopping
Section 07 84 00 Page 1
SECTION 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes firestopping and through-penetration protection system materials and
accessories; firestopping tops of fire rated walls; and smoke sealing at joints between
floor slabs and exterior walls.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 04 05 03 - Masonry Mortaring and Grouting: Mortar used for firestopping.
2. Section 07 26 00 - Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarder materials to adjacent
insulation.
3. Section 07 27 00 - Air Barriers: Air barrier materials to adjacent insulation.
4. Section 07 81 00 - Applied Fireproofing: Spray applied fireproofing.
5. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum board fireproofing.
6. Division 23: Mechanical work requiring firestopping.
7. Division 26: Electrical work requiring firestopping.
8. Division 27: Technology work requiring firestopping.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials.
3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire
Stops.
4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.
B. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.
4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems.
5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 07 84 00- Firestopping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Firestopping
Section 07 84 00 Page 2
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or
assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest
movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263, UL 1479 to achieve fire
ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1-hour fire
rating.
B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 and UL 723 with maximum flame spread / smoke
developed rating of 25/450.
C. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components.
1. Furnish fire stopping in flutes of metal roof or floor decking at top of walls.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics.
B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of
materials used.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria.
C. Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and
required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of
adjacent assembly.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit preparation and installation instructions.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed applicable code
requirements.
1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum ten years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing W ork of this section with minimum ten
years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.8 MOCKUP
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for mockup.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 07 84 00- Firestopping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Firestopping
Section 07 84 00 Page 3
B. Apply 1 linear ft of each type of linear firestopping material to representative substrate
surface.
C. Apply one of each unit type of firestopping material, such as penetrations through fire
rated partition, to representative application.
D. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer
E. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below
60 degrees F.
C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after
installation of materials.
D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRESTOPPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. A/D Fire Protection Systems, Inc.
2. Dow Corning Corp.
3. Hilti Corp.
4. 3M fire Protection Products
5. Nelson Firestop Products
6. Pecora Corporation
7. United States Gypsum Co
Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable
as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide
only one type for each similar application.
1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone
elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming to the
following:
a. Elongation or Shrinkage: 40 percent.
b. Durability and Longevity: Permanent.
2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Multiple component foam compound;
conforming to the following:
a. Density: 18 lb/cu ft.
b. Durability and Longevity: Permanent.
3. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral] fiber stuffing
insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping; conforming to the
following:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 07 84 00- Firestopping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Firestopping
Section 07 84 00 Page 4
a. Density: 3.5 lb/cu ft.
b. Durability and Longevity: Permanent.
4. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with
incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel
jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops.
5. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on
exposure to surface heat gain.
6. Mortar as specified in Section 04 05 03 where permitted by applicable code.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces
and suitable for required fire ratings.
B. Dam Material: Permanent:
1. [Mineral fiber matting.
2. Sheet metal.
3. Alumina silicate fire board.
C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and
other devices required to position and retain materials in place.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting
bond of firestopping material.
B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.
C. Install backing or damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating
sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping.
B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and
substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings.
C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke
rating, to uniform density and texture.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 07 84 00- Firestopping
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Firestopping
Section 07 84 00 Page 5
D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size.
E. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and
spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials.
F. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing,
adjusting, and balancing.
B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:Final cleaning.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.
3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed
construction.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.
END OF SECTION
DATE
G E N E R A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
FOR
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK14853
DATE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION PAGE
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF THE WORK
Subsection 1.1 Work Under Contract 01 11 00-1
01 23 00 ALTERNATES
Subsection 1.1 Related Documents 01 23 00-1
1.2 Description of Requirements 01 23 00-1
1.3 Schedule of Alternates 01 23 00-1
01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
Subsection 1.1 General 01 25 00-1
1.2 Products List 01 25 00-1
1.3 Contractor's Options 01 25 00-1
1.4 Substitutions 01 25 00-1
1.5 Contractor's Representation 01 25 00-3
1.6 Architect's Duties 01 25 00-3
01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS
Subsection 1.1 Description 01 31 19-1
1.2 Pre-Construction Meeting 01 31 19-1
1.3 Progress Meetings 01 31 19-2
01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
Subsection 1.1 General 01 32 16-1
1.2 Form of Schedules 01 32 16-1
1.3 Content of Schedules 01 32 16-2
1.4 Progress Revisions 01 32 16-3
1.5 Submissions 01 32 16-3
1.6 Distribution 01 32 16-3
1.7 Stand Down and Restricted Work Dates 01 32 16-4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY General Requirements-Table of Contents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
DATE
01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHS
3.1 Progress Photographs 01 32 33-1
01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Subsection 1.1 General 01 33 00-1
1.2 Shop Drawings 01 33 00-1
1.3 Product Data 01 33 00-2
1.4 Samples 01 33 00-2
1.5 Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 01 33 00-3
1.6 Coordination Drawings 01 33 00-4
1.7 Contractor Responsibilities 01 33 00-4
1.8 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00-5
1.9 Resubmission Requirements 01 33 00-7
1.10 Architect's Duties 01 33 00-7
1.11 Distribution 01 33 00-8
01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 1.1 General 01 35 29-1
1.2 Contractors Safety Plan 01 35 29-1
1.3 Asbestos & Lead 01 35 29-1
1.4 Site Visits 01 35 29-2
Job Specific Safety Manual Checklist
01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 1.1 General 01 35 43-1
1.2 Related Sections 01 35 43-1
1.3 Submittals 01 35 43-2
1.4 Job Site Administration 01 35 43-2
1.5 Clearing, Site Preparation and Site Use 01 35 43-2
1.6 Spoil and Borrow 01 35 43-2
1.7 Noise and Vibration 01 35 43-3
1.8 Dust Control 01 35 43-3
1.9 Protection of the Environment 01 35 43-3
1.10 Temporary Re-Routing of Piping and Ductwork 01 35 43-4
1.11 Hazardous or Toxic Materials 01 35 43-5
1.12 Disposal of Waste Material and Title 01 35 43-5
Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan
Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan
01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL
Subsection 1.1 Spill Prevention 01 35 44-1
1.2 Spill Control Procedures 01 35 44-1
1.3 Spill Reporting and Documentation 01 35 44-3
01 35 45 REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE- NOT USED
CORNELL UNIVERSITY General Requirements-Table of Contents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
DATE
01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS-NOT USED
01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL
Subsection 1.1 Description 01 45 00-1
1.2 Control of On-Site Construction 01 45 00-1
1.3 Control of Off-Site Operations 01 45 00-2
1.4 Testing 01 45 00-2
1.5 Owner's Representative 01 45 00-2
01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES-NOT USED
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Subsection 1.1 Description 01 50 00-1
1.2 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 01 50 00-1
2.1 Materials, General 01 50 00-1
2.2 Temporary First Aid Facilities 01 50 00-1
2.3 Temporary Fire Protection 01 50 00-1
2.4 Construction Aids 01 50 00-2
2.5 Temporary Enclosures 01 50 00-2
2.6 Temporary Water Control 01 50 00-3
2.7 Tree and Plant Protection 01 50 00-4
2.8 Guardrails and Barricades 01 50 00-4
2.9 Access Roads and Parking Areas 01 50 00-4
2.10 Project Identification and Signs 01 50 00-4
2.11 Security 01 50 00-4
2.12 Field Offices and Sheds 01 50 00-5
3.1 Preparation 01 50 00-5
3.2 General 01 50 00-5
3.3 Removal 01 50 00-6
01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Subsection 1.1 Description 01 51 00-1
1.2 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 01 51 00-1
2.1 Materials, General 01 51 00-1
2.2 Temporary Electricity, Lighting and Water 01 51 00-1
2.3 Temporary Use of Elevator 01 51 00-3
2.4 Temporary Heat and Ventilation 01 51 00-4
2.5 Temporary Contractor Telephone Service 01 51 00-5
2.6 Temporary Sanitary Facilities 01 51 00-5
3.1 Removal 01 51 00-5
01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION-NOT USED
01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL-NOT USED
CORNELL UNIVERSITY General Requirements-Table of Contents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
DATE
01 57 23 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN-NOT USED
01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
Subsection 1.1 General 01 66 00-1
1.2 Transportation and Handling 01 66 00-1
1.3 Storage 01 66 00-1
1.4 Protection 01 66 00-2
1.5 Protection After Installation 01 66 00-2
01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING-NOT USED
01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
Subsection 1.1 Description 01 73 29-1
1.2 Submittals 01 73 29-2
1.3 Quality Assurances 01 73 29-3
1.4 Warranties 01 73 29-4
2.1 Materials 01 73 29-4
3.1 Inspection 01 73 29-4
3.2 Preparation 01 73 29-5
3.3 Performance 01 73 29-5
3.4 Cleaning 01 73 29-7
01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSE OUT
Subsection 1.1 Project Close Out Inspections 01 77 00-1
1.2 Final Clean-Up 01 77 00-1
1.3 Maintenance Stock 01 77 00-3
01 78 22 INVENTORIES
Subsection 1.1 Fixed Equipment Inventory 01 78 22-1
1.2 Roof System Inventory 01 78 22-3
01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Subsection 1.1 General 01 78 23-1
1.2 Form of Submittals 01 78 23-1
1.3 Content of Manual 01 78 23-2
1.4 Manual for Materials and Finishes 01 78 23-3
1.5 Manual for Equipment and Systems 01 78 23-4
1.6 Submittal Schedule 01 78 23-6
1.7 Instructions of Owner's Personnel 01 78 23-6
1.8 Operating Instructions 01 78 23-7
01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
Subsection 1.1 General 01 78 36-1
1.2 Submittal Requirements 01 78 36-1
1.3 Form of Submittals 01 78 36-1
1.4 Time of Submittals 01 78 36-2
1.5 Submittals Required 01 78 36-2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY General Requirements-Table of Contents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
DATE
01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS
Subsection 1.1 General 01 78 39-1
1.2 Maintenance of Documents and Samples 01 78 39-1
1.3 Recording 01 78 39-1
1.4 Submittal 01 78 39-3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
GENERAL
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
1. Contract Documents dated 5/7/2012 created by Hunt Engineers, Architects and Land
Surveyors, PC Airport Corporate Park, 100 Hunt Center, Horseheads, NY 14845
2. Prime Contracts:
1. This Project will be performed by a Single Prime Contractor.
B. The Scope of the Work
1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the
furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of
the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site,
joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete,
functioning entity.
2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but
which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be
included.
C. Intent of Contract Documents
1. The use of the word (or words):
a. "provide" means furnish, install and connect ready for use;
b. "furnish" means supply and deliver to job or where directed;
c. "as approved" or "approved" means Architect’s or Owner’s approval;
d. "as directed" means Owner's direction or instruction;
e. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on
Drawings are directions given to the Contractor;
f. "concealed" means Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind
furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable;
g. "exposed" means all Work not identified as concealed.
2. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other
Drawings.
3. Reference to a technical society, institution, association or governmental authority is
in accordance with following abbreviations:
a. ACI American Concrete Institution
b. AGA American Gas Association
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 2
c. AGCA Associated General Contractors of America, Inc.
d. AIA American Institute of Architects
e. AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
f. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Associates, Inc.
g. ANSI American National Standards Institute
h. ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
i. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
j. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
k. ASTM American Society for Testing Materials
l. AWSC American Welding Society Code
m. AWWA American Water Works Association
n. IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers
o. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
p. NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters
q. NEC National Electric Code
r. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
s. NFPA National Fire Protection Association
t. SBI Steel Boiler Institute
u. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association
v. UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization
w. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
4. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification
Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition,
amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these
Contract Documents.
5. Install All Work in Compliance with:
a. Building Code of New YorkState
b. National Electric Code
c. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
d. Life Safety Code NFPA 101.
e. All local ordinances
f. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to
same.
C. ADDITIONAL NOTES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
D. The following notes are integral to the Contract:
1. All bidders are forewarned to review all information of the Contract
Documents.
2. Review Section 01 20 00 for Allowances that may be included in Prime
Contractors scope of work.
3. Review Section 01 20 00 for Alternate bid pricing required in Prime
Contractors scope of work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 3
4. Review Section 01 50 00 for work requirements of temporary construction
activities in Prime Contractor’s scope of work.
5. All contractors are responsible for the layout and survey of their own work or
work requirements.
6. All contractors are required to construct the project per the phasing and
staging plan. Specific areas of the site and building must be completed for
the intended use by the owner, at the Milestone dates so listed. All
contractors shall cooperate fully with the intentions of the plan. Contractors
are forewarned that any delay caused indirectly or directly by the acts,
omissions, and/or failure to perform by a contractor will result in the Owner,
or its agents, accomplishing the work by any means possible. The contractor
causing the delay will be responsible for any and all costs associated with
such issues, including Owner costs, Architect/Engineer costs, inspections,
etc.
7. All Contractors shall provide any and all temporary shoring, bracing,
supports or protection systems necessary to expedite the work requirements
including the maintenance of worker safety.
8. All contractors are responsible for the safety of their own workers,
subcontractors, work area, and other personnel on site. Each and every
contractor is responsible for maintaining a safe work site and utilizing best
safety procedures.
9. In case of discrepancy between the Drawings and Specifications,
interpretation shall be given preference in the following order, with later
dates taking precedence over earlier dates:
a. Addenda
b. Amendments to the Drawings and Specifications
c. Drawings and Specifications
10. If discrepancies are found between the plans and specifications, include the
more costly detail to the bid price.
E. Extent of Contract: Unless the Contract Documents contain a more specific
description of the Work, names and terminology on Drawings and in Specification
Sections determine which contract includes a specific element of Project.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, the Work described in this section for each
contract shall be complete systems and assemblies, including products,
components, accessories, and installation required by the Contract
Documents.
2. Local custom and trade-union jurisdictional settlements do not control the
scope of the Work of each contract. When a potential jurisdictional dispute
or similar interruption of work is first identified or threatened, affected
contractors shall negotiate a reasonable settlement to avoid or minimize
interruption and delays.
3. Refer to Cutting and Patching Specification Section for more information on
Cutting and Patching
4. Firestopping for the Work of each contract shall be provided by each
contractor for its own Work.
F. Substitutions: Each contractor shall cooperate with other contractors involved to
coordinate approved substitutions with remainder of the Work. Refer to Specification
Section 01 25 00 for more information
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 4
G. Temporary Facilities and Controls: The Contractor will be required to provide
Temporary Facilities and Controls throughout the duration of the project. Refer to
Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls for more specific information.
D. Use of the Site
1. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least
interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency
vehicles at all times.
2. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane
of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with
radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic
lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross
open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including
pedestrian bridges.
3. The Contractor shall post flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction
operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required.
4. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent
highways, roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations
concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of
heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or
equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or
approved by the Owner’s Representative.
5. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on
permanent roadways due to the Work.
6. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on
the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines.
7. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed
in other than the defined areas, including operations involving delivery and removal
of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the
Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption
of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces.
8. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the
work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such
repair work shall include reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the
Contractor's Guaranty of Work.
9. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or
as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only
with prior approval of the Owner's Representative.
E. Parking
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 5
1. The Owner will designate an area for Contractor parking. The Contractor shall make
all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation from the designated parking
area to the construction site as necessary.
2. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the CornellUniversity campus.
The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the
Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Marijane Johnson) for
additional information.
3. Contractor shall cooperate with Cornell Police and/or other police authorities having
jurisdiction, as follows:
a. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material
suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence
or the designated parking area.
b. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc.
c. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements.
d. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area
and the construction site.
4. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area all temporary trailers, rubbish,
unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the
Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the
property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition,
and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at
the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore.
F. Changeovers and Continuity of Services
1. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would
affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent areas services at approved times that
will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before
proceeding.
2. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the
building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased.
3. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours
at the Owner’s discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of
normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime
expenses.
4. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical
facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 6
5. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility
without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major shutdowns of
utilities will be performed by CornellUniversity to enable Contractor to perform
required work.Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or
which are outside the project site limits.
G. Obstacles, Interference and Coordination
1. General
a. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated
and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS.
b. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fitting,
changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work,
equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and
Architect.Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate
work to obstacles and interferences encountered.
c. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested,
submit at least five (5) copies of drawings, detailing all such deviations or
changes.
d. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building
equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and
shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given
dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings,
indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall
familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items.
The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such
equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings.
The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view
mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been
identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the
Architect.
2. Interference
a. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering
with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc.
Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other
equipment requiring frequent attention.
H. Equipment Arrangements
1. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of
construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "design
equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 7
2. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which
differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following
conditions:
a. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and
showing maintenance and service space required.
b. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work
of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports,
pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional
control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for
proper operation of revised layout, and assume responsibility for proper
location of roughing in and connections by other trades.
c. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure
loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient
clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment
which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications.
I. Supports
1. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all
required supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly
support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the
Architect.
J. Existing Equipment, Materials, Fixtures, Etc.
1. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall
submit complete list to Owner. Carefully remove and salvage all items that Owner
wishes to retain shall be delivered to building storage where directed by Owner.
Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from site and legally
disposed of.
K. Examination of Premises, Drawings, Etc.
1. Before Submitting Proposal
a. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to
determine scope and relation to other work.
b. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and
Specifications, by visiting site and/or building.
c. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities.
2. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area
a. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 11 00-Summary of Work
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 8
HUNT 1595-088
Summary of Work
Section 01 11 00 Page 8
b. Inspect all adjacent work.
3. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement
a. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying
Drawings.
b. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for
alleged misunderstanding.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 11 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 23 00-Alternates
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Alternates
Section 01 23 00 Page 1
ALTERNATES
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This Section describes the changes to be made under each Alternative.
B. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods
to achieve the Work described herein.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for
certain items that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner
decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be
completed, or in the product, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods
described in the Contract Documents.
B. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary
to ensure that Work affected by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated
into the Project.
C. Notification: Immediately following Contract award, prepare and distribute to each party
involved, notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been
accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete
description of negotiated modifications to alternates.
D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Include as part
of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects or similar items incidental to or
required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate.
1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. ALTERNATE NO. 1
Demolition, and new construction of basement corridor ceiling. This work includes, but not
limited to Demolition of entire spline ceiling system in corridor, removal of existing
lighting system, removal and protection of existing fire alarm system and devices, and
removal and protection of all other ceiling mounted accessories. Installation of new 2x4”
suspended acoustic tile ceiling system, new 2x4 troff lights, reinstallation of existing fire
alarm sytem and devices, and re-installation of all other ceiling mounted accessores.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 23 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 25 00-Substitutions and Product Options
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Substitutions and Product Options
Section 01 24 00 Page 1
SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and
conditions for substitutions stated in this Section.
1.2 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a
complete list of products which are proposed for installation. We don’t have 30 days after
contract award to wait for substitutions, should we just say NO subs?
B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number.
C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product:
1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalog designation.
4. Manufacturer's data:
a. Reference standards.
b. Performance test data.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard,
by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of
products and manufacturers named.
C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or
equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or
manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form
as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed.
D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no
substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions
to Bidders.
1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Submit a separate request for each substitution in triplicate. Support each request with:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 25 00-Substitutions and Product Options
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Substitutions and Product Options
Section 01 24 00 Page 2
1. Completed "Data for Evaluation of Materials, Products, and Systems" in an approved
format.
2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with
requirements stated in Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature; identify:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the
date of each installation.
3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified
listing any variations.
4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule.
5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project.
6. List any changes required in other work or projects.
7. Designate any required license fees or royalties.
8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials.
B. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum.
C. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from the Contractor.
2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier.
3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
D. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the
Owner.
E. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed
substitution.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 25 00-Substitutions and Product Options
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Substitutions and Product Options
Section 01 24 00 Page 3
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that:
1. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined
that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
2. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for
the product specified.
3. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the
Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete
in all respects.
4. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which
may subsequently become apparent.
1.6 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the
Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 25 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 31 19-Project Meetings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Project Meetings
Section 01 31 19 Page 1
PROJECT MEETINGS
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress
meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions.
6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting.
a. To all participants in the meeting.
b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.
c. To the Architect.
B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be
qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Schedule at least seven (7) days after date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties.
C. Attendance:
1. Owner's Representatives
2. Architect and its professional consultants
3. Major Subcontractors
4. Major suppliers
5. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 31 19-Project Meetings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Project Meetings
Section 01 31 19 Page 2
D. Minimum Agendum:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers
b. Projected Construction Schedules
2. Critical work sequencing
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities
4. Project Coordination
a. Designation of responsible personnel
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions
b. Proposal requests
c. Submittals
d. Change Orders
e. Applications for Payment
f. Requests for Information
g. Daily Reports
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas
b. Owner's requirements
c. Job site personnel conduct
d. Building access and security
9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids
a. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 31 19-Project Meetings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Project Meetings
Section 01 31 19 Page 3
10. Temporary utilities
11. Safety and first-aid procedures
a. Site specific safety plan
12. Security procedures
13. Housekeeping procedures
14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks
throughout the Construction period.
B. Attendance:
1. Architect
2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed
3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent
4. Owner's Representatives
5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda
6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda
7. Safety Representative
C. Minimum Agendum:
1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting
2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades.
3. Review of work progress since previous meeting.
4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts.
5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule.
6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules.
7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule.
8. Revisions to Construction Schedule.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 31 19-Project Meetings
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Project Meetings
Section 01 31 19 Page 4
9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period.
10. Coordination of schedules
11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required.
12. Maintenance of quality standards
13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders.
14. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date.
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project.
15. Other business
D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its
representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 19***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 32 16- Construction Schedules
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Construction Schedules
Section 01 32 16 Page 1
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall, within 7 days after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to the
Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub-schedules
of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work.
B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the
project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed.
C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner.
D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of
Values.
E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the
submitted schedules.
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES
Bar Chart:
A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar
chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.
2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week.
3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions.
B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work.
C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers.
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.
2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of
construction. Specifically list:
A- Asbestos Abatement (by others)
B- Demolition
e. Subcontractor work
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 32 16- Construction Schedules
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Construction Schedules
Section 01 32 16 Page 2
f. Equipment installations
g. Finishes
h. Pre-Installation meetings
3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each
month.
4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be
completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement,
moving, training and other such items as they are identified.
B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the
Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based
on the understanding that minimum turn-around time in the Architect's office is ten (10)
working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review.
Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in
processing. Show:
1. The dates for Contractor's submittals.
2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect.
3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to
the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the
Project's construction schedule.
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule:
1. Major changes in scope
2. Activities modified since previous submission
3. Revised projections of progress and completion
4. Other identifiable changes
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 32 16- Construction Schedules
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Construction Schedules
Section 01 32 16 Page 3
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within seven (7) calendar days after award
of Contract.
1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment.
C. Submit Submittals Schedule within seven (7) calendar days after date of commencement of
work.
D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction.
1.6 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file
2. Subcontractors
3. Other concerned parties
B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the
projections of the schedule.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 32 16***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 32 33- Photographic Documentation
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Photographic Documentation
Section 01 32 33 Page 1
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commence of
Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final
photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work.
B. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date and a description of the view.
C. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review.
The photos shall be mounted in clear plastic 3-ring photograph insert sheets with the date,
location and descriptive information given on the label below each photograph.
D. At the end of the project, the photographs and the 3-hold plastic insert sheets and labels
shall be placed in a 3-ring binder that is labeled with the project name, dates and Contractor
information. This binder shall be turned over to the Owner no later than two weeks after
completion of the project.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. During the progress of the Work and until completion of construction, Contractor shall
provide monthly, digital photographs in electronic format, for each of eight to ten different
vantage points, both exterior and interior, as directed by Owner. The Contractor shall
submit all photographs in electronic format to the Owner, no hard copies are required.
B, Each digital photograph shall be dated, numbered and identified by project title, names of
Contractor, Engineer, Owner, and Photographer, with a description of location and subject
of photograph.
C. The Contractor shall compile all photographs sent to the Owner throughout the Work in CD
format and submit to the Owner prior to final payment.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 33***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Procedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 1
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.1 GENERAL
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the
following:
1. Shop Drawings
2. Product Data
3. Samples
4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals
B. Designate in the construction schedule, or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for
submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be
needed.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled
draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner.
1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents.
2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop
Drawings.
3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop
Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements.
6. Electronic Submittals shall be utilized to the fullest capacity. When submittal files
sizes exceed 5mb, submittals shall be submitted in hard copy. Hard copy submittals
shall have at a minum (4) four copies, and be submitted to Architect for Review.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 2
1.3 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and
instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials
and equipment.
B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
5. Where printed Product Data includes information on products that are not required,
eliminate or mark through information that does not apply.
6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to
the Work.
7. Submit one copy of an electronic version of all submittals. Architect will provide
submittal coversheet with architect approval stamp at pre-construction meeting.
Provide both electronic version and one hard copy of all submittals to owners as part
of closeout documentation.
1.4 SAMPLES
A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or
containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment
devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
C. Field samples and mock-ups:
1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect.
2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section.
3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished.
4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 3
5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original
condition.
D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical
with material or product proposed.
1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated.
2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer.
3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in
material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show
approximate limits of variations.
5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are
submitted for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics
from a range of standard choices.
6. Submittals: Submit two (2) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least
one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at
Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS
A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports,
certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports.
B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require
professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional,
whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications,
Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be
entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or
approvals performed by such design professionals.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports
from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents.
D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or
installation of system or product.
E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by
manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or
instructions.
F. Submittals: Submit not less than two (2) copies to Architect. Maintain one (1) additional
copy as “Record Document”.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 4
1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and
equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan
and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping
including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items
contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as
architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide mylar record of each
coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors,
laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested
areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a
complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available.
B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in
any given area of the building.
1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior
to transmitting to the Architect.
B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and
Product Options.
C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and
verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and
coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact
Documents.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for:
1. Compliance with the Contract Documents
2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions
3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction.
4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades.
5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
6. Compliance with the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
7. All other provisions of the agreements.
E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an
authorization for additional work or additional cost.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 5
F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the
change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work.
G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as
approval of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time.
H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor
finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work.
I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled.
J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such
submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of
inadvertent review of unspecified submittals.
K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for
proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the
same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings.
1.8 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination
1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities.
2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule,
agreed to by all entities involved.
4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of
each submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer
periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for
coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor
promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination. Allowing ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each
submittal. Advise the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the
progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be
foreshortened.
An additional 5 working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5,
23 and 26, and for Millwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules.
6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 6
7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal.
8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare
submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing.
9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in
processing by the Architect.
10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals
Schedule.
11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work
thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense.
B. Submittal Preparation
1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's
stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification
of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of
the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract
Documents.
4. Architect Shall provide Cover Sheet for Submittals. Cover sheet and submittal shall
include the following when submitted:
a. Project name and number.
b. Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions.
c. Contract identification.
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name and address of Contractor.
f. Name of subcontractor.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Name of supplier.
i. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as
appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 7
j. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
k. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
l. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
m. A blank space for the Architect’s stamps.
5. Identification of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on
previous submittals.
6. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must
specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor.
C. Submittal Transmittal
1. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
2. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form.
3. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract
Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations.
4. Transmit submittals to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed.
1.9 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals.
B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect.
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.10 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this
Section.
B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp mean the following:
1. “Reviewed” indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found
and Work may proceed.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 8
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 8
2. “Review as Noted” indicates that deviations from the design concept which have
been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly.
3. "Revise and Resubmit" or “Rejected” indicates that Work covered by submittal,
including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise
or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay.
Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark.
C. Informational Submittals: Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality
Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will
not require responsive action by the Architect.
1. Architect will forward informational submittals without action.
2. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with
Contract Documents.
D. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action.
E. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without
action.
F. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
1.11 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute reproductions of reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data to:
1. Job site file
2. Record Documents file
3. Subcontractors
4. Installers
5. Suppliers
6. Manufacturers
7. Fabricators
8. Architect
9. Owner
B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with
construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 33 00- Submittal Proceedures
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 9
HUNT 1595-088
Submittal Proceedures
Section 01 33 00 Page 9
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 33 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 29- General Health and Safety
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
General Health and Safety
Section 01 35 29 Page 1
GENERAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
1.1 GENERAL
A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The
requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors
involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local,
state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the
requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but
in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such
requirements.
1.2 CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY PLAN
A. The Contractor will submit a site Safety Plan for review by CornellUniversity before
commencement of work on the site. The safety plan should address site specific safety
concerns related directly to the Work being done. The following safety plan review
checklist is provided to assist contractors in tailoring their safety plan to the Work. Safety
plans that inadequately address safe operations and equipment will be returned for
resubmission. Failure to submit an appropriate site safety plan may result in denial of the
payment.
1.3 ASBESTOS AND LEAD
A. Attached for the Contractor’s information are lead based paint and asbestos reports which
represent samples taken within the building.
B. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos shall be performed by the Owner
under separate contract.
C. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance
with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the
presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the
Contractor’s means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978.
Von Cramm Hall was constructed in 1955. The Contractor is required to submit a lead
plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes
meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan
should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the
building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the
presence of lead based paint.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 29- General Health and Safety
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
General Health and Safety
Section 01 35 29 Page 2
1.4 SITE VISITS
A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects and/or Engineers or Owner shall not
be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety
of all persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them
responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe
access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 29- General Health and Safety
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
General Health and Safety
Section 01 35 29 Page 3
Jobsite Name: Date:
Job No: General Contractor:
Jobsite Location: Subcontractor:
Scope of Work: Prime Contractor:
Completed by: Shops:
Applies Designated
to this Competent
Contractor? Person
Standard Y/N (employee name)
Subpart C - General Provisions
1926.20 - .35
Subpart D - Occupational Health & Environmental. Controls
1926.50 - .66
Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts, Mists
1926.55
Lead
1926.62
Subpart E - Personal Protective Equipment
1926.95 - .107
Subpart F – Fire Protection & Prevention
1926.150 - .159
Subpart G – Signs, Signals and Barricades
1926.200 - .203
Subpart H – Materials Handling, Storage, Use & Disposal
1926.250 - .252
Subpart I – Tools – Hand & Power
1926.300 - .307
Job Specific
Safety Manual Checklist
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 29- General Health and Safety
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
General Health and Safety
Section 01 35 29 Page 4
Subpart J – Welding & Cutting
1926.350 - .354
Applies Designated
to this Competent
Contractor? Person
Standard Y/N (employee name)
Subpart K – Electrical
1926.400 - .449
Subpart L – Scaffolds
1926.450 - .454
Subpart M – Fall Protection
1926.500 - .503
Subpart N – Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, & Conveyors
1926.550 - .556
Subpart P – Excavations
1926.650 - .652
Subpart Q – Concrete & Masonry Construction
1926.700 - .706
Subpart R – Steel Erection
1926.750 - .761
Subpart S – Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, & Compressed Air
1926.800 - .804
Subpart T – Demolition
1926.850 - .860
Subpart U – Blasting & Use of Explosives
1926.900 - .914
Subpart V – Power Transmission & Distribution
1926.950 - .960
Subpart X – Stairways & Ladders
1926.1050 - .1060
Subpart Y – Commercial Diving Operations
1926.1071 – 1090
Recordkeeping –
1926.1091 - .1092
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 29- General Health and Safety
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
General Health and Safety
Section 01 35 29 Page 5
Subpart Z – Toxic and Hazardous Substances
1926.1100 - .1152
***END OF SECTION 01 35 29***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 43- General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 43 Page 1
GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the
protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall
apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and
regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this
contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed
such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood
to reduce or eliminate such requirements.
C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s
Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittals:
1. Waste Disposal Plan.
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory
representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site during all working
hours.
B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this
Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested
by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner.
There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval.
C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so
directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not
comply with these specifications.
1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 43- General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 43 Page 2
A. In accordance with Section 01 11 00 (1.1.D. Use of Site), only that portion of the working
area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction.
All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of
soils.
B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and
lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or
environmental quality of the area.
1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION
A. Noise and vibration
1. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the
effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as
produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth
by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York
State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local
ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance
with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements.
1.7 DUST CONTROL
A. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately
controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not
take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ
alternative means to control dust.
B. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including
mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the
protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the
containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in
conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA.
1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other
employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent
Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and
state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of
work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to:
1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or
sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal
and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 43- General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 43 Page 3
2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream
corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters.
3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm
sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters.
4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities.
5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property,
unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications
or specifically approved by the Owner’s site representative.
6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream.
7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials.
B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any
drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work.
C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning
operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to
the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part
703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local
sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer.
D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge
of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s
Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill
Control Procedures.
1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK
A. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of
piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-
routing plans to the Owner’s Representative in writing.
The following shall require approval of the Owner:
1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections.
2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact
air emissions.
B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of
mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any
existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the
Owner’s Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 43- General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 43 Page 4
1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS
A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any
other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a
result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and
safety or environmental risks associated therewith.
B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University
Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations.
In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety
(EH&S) for guidance.
C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming
into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor’s
performance or failure to perform hereunder.
D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and
hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in
accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written
approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal.
1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE
A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit
“Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s Representative. The plan
shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD)
companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the
waste material.
B. The “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions
associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor
must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and
disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For
Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the
proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste
Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its
behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full
records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or
destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all
such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any
instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final
payment(s) under this Contract.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 43- General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 43 Page 5
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 43***
Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan
Revision date:May 2010
Page 1 of 2
1. Contractor Name: ________________________ Contact Name/Number/Email:
Project Name/Description: Contract No.:
Project Start Date: Project End Date: _ CU Project Manager:
2. Check all hazardous materials that will be generated as waste:
Category
Description Estimated i Source MSDS Available Waste
Management Re-Use
Transporter
Destination or Disposal
Location Cornell Contractor CU- Mgt Contractor Mgt EHS Grounds Solvents
PCBs
Asbestos
Lead
Mercury
Chromium
Other Toxic Metals
(describe in section 4)
Mold
Light Bulbs
Thermostats
Batteries
Used Oil
Contaminated PPE&
Materials
Other (describe in
section 4)
No hazardous waste
Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan
Revision date:May 2010
Page 2 of 2
3. Check all non-hazardous wastes that will be generated during the project:
Category Disposal Facility Name Facility Address Facility
Phone
Transporter Estimated
Quantity
C&D
Clean soil
Non C&D solid waste
Other (describe in section IV)
No non-hazardous
waste will be generated
4. Further description of waste materials expected to be generated during the project:
5. Contractor Certification
I, _______________________________________, do hereby certify that I have identified above all waste materials expected to be generated by the
Project named in Section 1 and that I will dispose of all such waste materials in a legally permissible manner and location(s), in accordance with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. I further certify that I will amend this form as appropriate if I, my representatives, employees or
subcontractors become aware of any additional wastes that will be generated by the Project. I further agree to notify the CU Project Manager if I become
aware of any legal non-compliance associated with disposal of Project wastes by anyone.
_____________________________________________
Contractor Signature Print Name Date
6.Submit completed forms to CU Project Manager. CU Project Manager must submit this completed form to CU Environmental Health and Safety Office
before start of work and before the first payment will be made. The completed form will be incorporated as an enforceable part of the contract. Forms can
be submitted electronically to EHS at mailto:ehsdir-mailbox@cornell.edu or via campus mail to EHSattn: Waste Plans, East Hill Office Building.
Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan:
The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to
6NYCRR Section 360-1.15
A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed
into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the
environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water.
Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine);
crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite.
Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation (NYDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR)
Part 374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
273.2 as Universal Waste Batteries.
Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other
locations.
Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part
371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.
Clean Soil:Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&DDebris, trees, stumps,
yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below.
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the
construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated
solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete
and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood
products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non-asbestos
insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not
sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no
more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing
no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is
not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of
utilities, structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage,
corrugatedcontainer board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light
ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers
greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the
bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris
is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from
any processing technique, other than that employed at a department-approved C&D debris processing
facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding.
Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department
determines that suchwaste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris.
Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives
and processes construction and demolition debris by any means.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 45-General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Contaminated PPE& Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot
covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated
by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered
unsuitable for disposal as regular trash.
Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste
management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of
sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of
consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes:
(i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete
and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the
concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be
readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.)
(ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these
materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same
ownership or control.
Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of “hazardous waste” in 6 NYCRR
371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation.
Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land
clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm-related cleanup such as trees,
stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing
debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside.
Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3
or 40 CFR 261.24.
Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-
3 or 40 CFR 273.5.
Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity
Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.
Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse.
Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and
exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or
40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them,
containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e)
Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces
that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box
cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 45-General Environmental Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water
supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid,
liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and
agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved
materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial
discharges that are point sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or
by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by
existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States.
Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving
something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and
mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning
solutions.
Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation.
Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of
such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. “See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279”
Thermostats: Any mercury-containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR
273.4
Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste
at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a
petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum
product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum
products through normal vehicle use of the roadway.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 44- Spill Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Spill Control
Section 01 35 44 Page 1
SPILL CONTROL
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION
A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or
hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects:
1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site
during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide
protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills.
Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar
methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site.
2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a
temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent
the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any
products.
3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a
manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or
vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in
accordance with all fire and safety codes.
B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that
is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of
such materials.
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES
All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential
health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that
could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should
be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any
other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup
procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup
contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel
necessary to cleanup the spill, the following procedures shall be followed:
A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall:
1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, then leave
the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill
reporting (Section 1. 3).
2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a
containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available
materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 44- Spill Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Spill Control
Section 01 35 44 Page 2
present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to
this area.
3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent
material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of
the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall
not compromise worker safety.
a. Stop the spill at once (if possible).
b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes,
etc.).
c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area.
d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires,
explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread.
e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source.
f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder
blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill.
g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the
released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as
soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be
identified.
h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of
the release, fire, or explosion.
i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any
operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1)
leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves,
pipes, or other equipment.
B. Spill Cleanup:
1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall
be initiated.
a. Use proper waste containers.
b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place
material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect
incompatible or reactive substances in the same container.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 44- Spill Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Spill Control
Section 01 35 44 Page 3
c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance
with all applicable state and federal regulations.
d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has
been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material.
Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a
separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid.
e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its
proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to cleanup the spill.
f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change
clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product.
g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged
through the Contractor.
h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A
sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B.
C. Fire or Explosion:
1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall:
a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel
(e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified.
b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill
character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate
site and emergency personnel.
c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area.
d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and
other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do
so.
e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires,
explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the
site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting
and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers.
f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups;
(3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment.
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 44- Spill Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Spill Control
Section 01 35 44 Page 4
In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the
appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external
reporting, if required.
The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation
procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-
7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell
Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the
release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill
number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following
criteria apply:
TABLE 1
CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING
CRITERIA DESCRIPTION
Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons.
Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious
structure, such that it cannot enter the environment.
Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious
surface.
Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence.
Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto
surface water.
A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be
immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or
“harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal
NationalResponseCenter, 1-800-424-8802.
Spill Reporting Information. When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to
provide the following information, if possible:
1. The date and time of the spill or release.
2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an
indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous
substance.
3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment
and the approximate duration of the event.
4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or
threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill.
5. The source of the release or spill.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 35 44- Spill Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Spill Control
Section 01 35 44 Page 5
6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or
responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill.
7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution.
8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill
site.
9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled
material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation.
10. The extent of injuries, if any.
11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the
emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed
individuals.
12. Assistance required, if any.
If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity
(RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then
the Contractor shall do the following:
1. Call to the NationalResponseCenter shall be made by the person in charge of the
site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675.
3. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The
description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material
released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an
explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be
implemented to prevent and control future releases.
1Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that
triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for
knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s spill response
team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you.
2Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water
quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or
cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3).
***END OF SECTION 01 35 44***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 41 00-Regulatory Requirements
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Regulatory Requirements
Section 01 41 00 Page 1
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the
execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall
include but are not limited to building, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe and
building demolition.
B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a
structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and
Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall
also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any
demolition.
C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and
maintained through Ralph D’Amato Jr. (607-254-6371) or (rjd15@cornell.edu) the SUNY
Codes Official for Contract Colleges Facilities at Cornell, at no cost to the Contractor.
1.2 INSPECTIONS
A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all
service charges, pavement cuts and repairs.
1.3 COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the Work.
1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall
comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of
equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the
Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of
business of the Owner.
B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a
summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits
secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 41 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 45 00-Quality Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Quality Control
Section 01 45 00 Page 1
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC)
program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those
of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance
and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate
facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control
function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the
construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC
program.
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION
A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection:
1. Pre-Installation Conference. For all sections where pre-installations are defined, the
Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. The Contractor shall make
available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. The following
minimum personnel shall be at the meeting:
a. Project Manager.
b. Project Field Supervisor
c. Subcontractor
d. Architect’s Representative
e. Owner’s Representative
f. Commissioning Agent, when applicable
g. Testing Agency, when applicable
2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any
definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the
supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that
materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check
to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the
work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine
materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and
that the materials and equipment are on hand.
3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a
representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing
for compliance with contract requirements.
4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure
continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular
work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 45 00-Quality Control
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Quality Control
Section 01 45 00 Page 2
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS
A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as
opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be
responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC
Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during
shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in
good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation.
Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an
item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance
of the completed project.
1.4 TESTING
A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an
installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship
requirements.
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the
work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to
reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in
conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to
make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 45 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 50 00 Page 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary facilities and controls required
by all trades for construction, and remove on completion of Work.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the
Contractor’s option.
B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes,
standards and specifications.
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES
A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to
render first aid at the site.
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site.
B. Equipment:
1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of
the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard.
2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of
Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards.
3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system.
4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach
each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building.
C. Enforce fire-safety discipline:
1. Store volatile materials in an isolated, protected location.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 50 00 Page 2
2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project.
3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. Smoking is prohibited in
all CornellUniversity buildings.
4. Closely supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible
materials and volatile conditions.
5. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel.
D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection
certificate attached to each extinguisher.
E. Welding or burning operations will be conducted under a Hot Work Permit. Where such
work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good
operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain
prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety.
F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life
Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc.
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to
facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways,
platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment.
B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings,
for use by construction personnel.
C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition.
2.5 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses, as
necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior
materials, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized
persons.
1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or
locksets.
2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of
materials.
B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building
occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 50 00 Page 3
prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations
from construction work.
1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which
comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and
standards.
a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with
existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture.
b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and
ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations.
2.6 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free
of water at all times.
B. The Contractor shall:
1. Provide, maintain and operate pumps as required to keep all exterior work, free of
water at all times.
2. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the
Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the
removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor.
2.7 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION
A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to
remain, and those adjacent to the site.
B. Consult with Owner to remove agreed upon tree roots and branches which interfere with
construction.
1. Employ or consult with a Certified Arborist to remove, and to treat cuts.
C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees
and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference
Cornell University Design Standards and Details:
http://cds.pdc.cornell.edu/TableOfContents.html
D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas:
1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking.
2. Do not store materials or products.
3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 50 00 Page 4
4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water.
F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are
damaged or destroyed due to construction operations.
I. Trees damaged during construction should be fertilized according to standard tree
maintenance practices.
2.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES
A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways and other devices necessary to protect
personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to the
construction site.
1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert
persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards.
2.9 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS-Not Used
2.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A. No signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner.
2.11 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the
Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 50 00 Page 5
2.12 FIELD OFFICES
A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of
the Contractor and Owner.
B. Provide a designated break area within the project site limits to minimize interaction
between construction personnel and the Campus community.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction
procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities
which may be affected by execution of the work.
1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other
temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of
the Work.
2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by
Contract Documents.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 2 through 28.
B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout.
C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner.
D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the
quality specified for the original installation.
E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work
requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors
employed at the site.
F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of
waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its
workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval
of the Owner’s Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be
performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least
once a week. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of
mud and construction debris and maintain dust control in compliance with the Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.3 REMOVAL
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 50 00 Page 6
A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services:
1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction.
2. At completion of the Project.
B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to
original condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 50 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 51 00-Temporary Utilities
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Utilities
Section 01 51 00 Page 1
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades
for construction. Remove on completion of Work.
B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and
distribution.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with National Electric Code, 2008 edition.
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company
requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage,
must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes
and standards.
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER
A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing
the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its
operations as possible as long as such connections do not over-load the capacity of the
Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points
shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner.
OPTION 1
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power.
The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as
long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to
meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the
usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event,
the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to
meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor.
C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no
longer required.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 51 00-Temporary Utilities
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Utilities
Section 01 51 00 Page 2
D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be
maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected.
The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and
seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all
egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working
hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National
Electric Code.
F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction
equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and
elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the
permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls,
fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the
Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat.
G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or
the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and
cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule
shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of
the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges
relating to shutdowns.
H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal
The Contractor shall:
1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the
Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary
service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any
additional cost entailed thereby.
2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the
Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition
satisfactory to the Owner.
2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the
Work.
B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for
temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way
constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work.
C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written
maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative, prior to utilizing the
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 51 00-Temporary Utilities
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Temporary Utilities
Section 01 51 00 Page 3
equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts,
lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment
to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing.
D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required.
E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside
shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy.
F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of
the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of
drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to
prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project.
2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Provide direct line telephone/data service at the construction site for the use of personnel
and employees.
B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges.
2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide adequate toilet and washing facilities for the use of personnel and employees;
locate convenient to work stations.
B. Existing plumbing facilities shall not be used by construction personnel.
C. Facilities may be portable chemical-type toilets or temporary flush toilets connected to
sanitary sewer, screened for privacy.
D. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in a neat, clean and sanitary condition.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer
required.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to
original, condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 51 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 66 00-Storage and Protection
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Storage and Protection
Section 01 66 00 Page 1
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in
a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every
source.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable
to the Owner, staging and storage areas.
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means
and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction space.
C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation.
E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities
are correct and products are undamaged.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement or damage.
1.3 STORAGE
A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat
and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or
with the daily functioning of the Institution.
B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored
weatherproof temporary storage sheds.
C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area.
The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 66 00-Storage and Protection
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Storage and Protection
Section 01 66 00 Page 2
negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area, the
Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus.
E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid
overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to
exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored
materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work.
F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or
equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative,
shall move such materials or equipment.
1.4 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may
be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The
Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including
items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of
the Work.
B. Protection of Utilities
1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing
utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to protect existing facilities from damage.
2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only.
The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in
advance of its operation.
C. Protective Covering
1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows:
a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as
passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected
adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of
all trades.
b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the
Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks,
gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not
protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as
specified) to satisfaction of Owner.
c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on
finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 66 00-Storage and Protection
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Storage and Protection
Section 01 66 00 Page 3
materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall
have rubber tires on wheels.
d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish
flooring during all phases of the work including after installation.
e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying
with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the
building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including
but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment,
etc.
2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor as follows to prevent
introduction of contaminants:
a. Ductwork with interior lining shall be wrapped at the factory using plastic wrap
to exclude moisture and contaminants. The wrapping shall not be removed
until immediately prior to installation.
b. Ductwork shall not be exposed to moisture or contaminants at any point in the
manufacturing, shipping, storage or installation process.
c. Ductwork shall not be staged or stored outside or otherwise exposed to the
weather.
d. Ductwork shall be transported only inside of covered vehicles.
e. Once installed, ductwork shall be protected from contamination during the
construction process.
1.5 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control traffic in
immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations.
B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of
openings in and adjacent to traffic areas.
C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used
by construction personnel.
D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage:
1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to
foot traffic.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 66 00-Storage and Protection
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Storage and Protection
Section 01 66 00 Page 4
2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of
heavy objects.
3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products
will occur.
E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:
1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.
2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces
from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict
use of adjacent unprotected areas.
F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 66 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 1
CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including
excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
B. Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative:
1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified.
3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work.
4. Patch work uncovered or removed.
C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof.
D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the
Owner’s Representative.
E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original
structure.
F. Openings and Chases
1. The Contractor shall build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases
and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract.
2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings, including but
not limited to channels, chases and flues, have been provided the Contractor shall
build in, over, around and finish all such openings as required to complete the
Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 2
3. The Contractor shall furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports
required for the execution of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or
excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety
of any portion of the Project. Include:
1. Identification of the Project.
2. Description of the affected work.
3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the
Project.
5. Description of the proposed work:
a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. The extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation.
7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
B. Should conditions of the work of the schedule indicate a change of products from the
original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 -
Substitutions and Product Options.
C. Contractor shall submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date
and the time the work will be uncovered.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner
that would change their load-carrying capacity of load-deflection ration.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following structural elements:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 3
a. Foundation construction
b. Bearing and retaining walls
c. Structural concrete
d. Structural steel and lintels
e. Structural decking
f. Miscellaneous structural metals
g. Exterior wall assemblies
h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment
i. Equipment supports
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in
a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut
and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in
increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment
b. Air or smoke barriers
c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers
d. Membranes and flashings
e. Fire protection systems
f. Control systems
g. Communication systems
h. Electrical wiring systems
i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in
occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s
aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut
and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner.
D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or piece waterproofed walls or floors or
any structural members without written permission of the Owner.
1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes
a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or
repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes.
b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and
roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to
be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or
guarantee/warranty in force for membrane.
2. Water Tightness
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 4
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials,
and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by
general practice to be watertight.
i. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through
foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight.
b. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce
water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative before
installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review
and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make
watertight at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTIES
A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with
materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved.
B. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that
visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical
materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will
equal or surpass that of existing materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during:
1. Cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or
performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with
the work until the Architect has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of
that portion of the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 5
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.
C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and
properties.
D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations
free from water.
E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting
and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least
likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper
surfaces to receive new work.
1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible,
neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished
side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbonsaw or a
diamond-core drill.
4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching
of services is required.
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with
specified tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 6
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate
paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.
3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
finishes:
a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.
4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall
utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the
existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a
uniform visual appearance.
5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide
an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing
floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve
uniform color and appearance.
a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials
and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-
plane surface of uniform appearance.
D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable
for new materials.
1 Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain
with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with
specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed
work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any
structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are
intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 73 29-Cutting Patching and Reparing
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Cutting Patching and Repairing
Section 01 73 29 Page 7
replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as
they existed.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove
paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar
features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering
to its original condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 73 29***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 77 00-Project Closeout
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Project Closeout
Section 01 77 00 Page 1
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.1 INSPECTIONS
A. When the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings,
equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Owner's
Representative shall make a detailed inspection of the Work to insure that all requirements
of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable.
B. A copy of the report of the inspection shall be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection
progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work
found to be incomplete or defective.
C. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the
Contractor shall so advise the Owner's Representative. After receipt of this notification, the
Owner's Representative shall inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection.
A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions,
omissions and incomplete work shall be furnished to the Contractor.
D. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions
and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Owner's Representative shall make an
inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final
inspection.
1.2 FINAL CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the
completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any
kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion
of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings,
rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used
under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property
and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the
event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the
Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up
shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes
cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by
such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications.
2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and
existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned.
3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 77 00-Project Closeout
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Project Closeout
Section 01 77 00 Page 2
4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the
entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the
manufacturers of the flooring.
5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing
condition.
6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement
of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall
replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and
clean.
7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning.
8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces.
B. Cleaning of Renovated Duct Systems and Existing Duct Systems in Renovated Areas:
1. Cleaning work shall be performed by firm which has minimum three years
experience in mechanical cleaning of air systems. Work shall be done by skilled
mechanics, technicians and experienced supervisors.
2. Clean dirt, dust and debris from air units, associated equipment arid ducts; sanitize
same. Cleaning shall include:
a. Cleaning of air unit’s supply, return and exhaust sections including coils,
fans, filter racks, outdoor air intake shaft, and interior surfaces.
b. Cleaning of dampers, heating coils, humidifiers, and similar devices in
ductwork.
c. Marking of duct-mounted damper settings, prior to cleaning, and returning
dampers to marked positions after cleaning. This includes fire dampers,
zone dampers, balancing dampers and volume dampers.
d. Cleaning of terminal supply, return and exhaust grilles, registers and
diffusers.
e. Cutting of access holes in ductwork for cleaning process, as well as sealing
and patching of same.
f. Removal of portions of duct system which cannot otherwise be thoroughly
cleaned, and replacement thereof.
g. Sealing of lined duct systems, upon completion.
h. Removal and reinstallation of ceiling tiles and ceiling support tracks
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 77 00-Project Closeout
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Project Closeout
Section 01 77 00 Page 3
required to facilitate cleaning.
i. Providing access doors required to facilitate cleaning.
3. Cleaning shall meet National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) Standards,
capable of verification by NADCA Vacuum Test. Cleanliness shall be subject to
Architect’s visual review; provide re-cleaning as necessary to satisfy Architect
a. Cleaning methods may include vacuuming, brushing, mechanical brushing,
scraping, or air washing. Use method best suited for locations involved.
b. Do NOT use methods which could damage the system or the building.
c. Remove dirt, dust, lint and other accumulations by HEPA filtered air
machine capable of minimum 6000 cfm. Air machine shall operate to obtain
1250 fpm across the work space. Use brushes, mechanical agitators or air
whips to dislodge contaminants to be collected by the air machine.
d. Cleaning shall begin at the furthest point of the return system and at the
outdoor air intake. Cleaning shall proceed toward the air handling
equipment. Cleaning shall finish at the furthest point of the supply
ductwork.
1.3 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall
obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
**END OF SECTION 01 77 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 22- Inventories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Inventories
Section 01 78 22 Page 1
INVENTORIES
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried
and an Excel template.
B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be
inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to
the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of
equipment shall include:
1. Name of Product
2. Equipment Classification
3. Manufacturer
4. Model Number
5. Serial Number
6. Cost
7. Location (including Building and Room Number)
8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation)
C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel
template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and
specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to
the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its
disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using a electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in
close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the
access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects.
E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template
with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The
Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation
(i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 22- Inventories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Inventories
Section 01 78 22 Page 2
F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST
• Building Equipment
• AC Drive/VSD
• Air Dryer
• Backflow Preventor
• Air Compressor
• Building
• Sprinkler
• Control
• Vacuum
• Pump
• Condensate
• Glycol
• CWC
• HWC
• Potable
• Sanitary Sewer
• Storm Sewer
• Sump
• Quality Water
• Fuel
• Fan
• Exhaust
• Supply
• Return
• Fume Hood
• Furnace
• Generator
• Hot Water Heater
• Heat Exchangers
• Boiler
• Tank
• Unit Heater
• Fan Coil
• VAV Box
• Transfer Switch
• Motor
• Pump
• Fan
• Lift/Levelers
• Water Softener
• Reverse Osmosis
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 22- Inventories
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Inventories
Section 01 78 22 Page 3
1.2 PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 22***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in
other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed
work.
2. Operations and maintenance data shall be available to the Owner at time of
substantial completion.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of
equipment and systems.
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual and CD for use by Owner's personnel.
B. Format:
1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files.
2. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file.
3. Drawings:
a. Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format.
b. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
c. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages.
4. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment.
a. Provide type description of product, and major component parts of
equipment.
b. Provide indexed thumb tab.
5. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
List:
a. Title of Project
b. Identity of separate structure as applicable.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 2
c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
C. Binders:
1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings.
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
a. Subcontract or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in
Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
c. Delete reference to inapplicable information.
C. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 3
2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
E. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit a CD with electronic files and six (6) copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products:
a. Catalog number, size, and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products.
2. Instructions for care and maintenance:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the
product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Applicable standards
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 4
b. Chemical composition
c. Details of installation
2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications.
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit a CD with electronic files and six (6) copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
4. Servicing and lubrication required:
a. List of lubricants required.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 5
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams
required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.
a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams.
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Circuit directories of panelboards:
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 6
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections
of Specifications and General Conditions.
1.6 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit two (2) copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents
sixty (60) calendar days prior to acceptance.
1. Architect will review draft and return one copy (1) with comments.
B. Submit one copy (1) of completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior to
final acceptance.
1. Copy will be returned with comments.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance.
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and
maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products,
equipment and systems:
1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating
and maintenance personnel.
B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction:
1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of
operations and maintenance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 23-Operation and Maintenance Data
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 23 Page 7
C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been
instructed, describing:
1. Method of Instruction.
2. Equipment and Systems Operated.
3. Length of Instruction Period.
D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's
personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing.
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and
procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 23***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 36- Warranties and Bonds
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Warranties and Bonds
Section 01 78 36 Page 1
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
1.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall:
A. Compile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co-execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of
the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors.
B. Number of original copies required: Two (2) each.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for
each item.
1. Product or work item.
2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number.
3. Scope.
4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
5. Duration.
6. Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare in duplicate packets.
B. Format:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 36- Warranties and Bonds
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Warranties and Bonds
Section 01 78 36 Page 2
1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3-ring binder.
a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders.
2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND
BONDS". List:
a. Title of Project
b. Name of Contractor
C. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
1.4 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to
final request for payment.
B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial
Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of
acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
1.5 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the
respective sections of Specifications.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 36***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 39- Record Documents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Record Documents
Section 01 78 39 Page 1
RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of:
1. Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions.
6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7. Field Test records
8. Construction photographs
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples.
B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform
Construction Index.
C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes.
D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s
Representative and the Architect.
1.3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.
B. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 39- Record Documents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Record Documents
Section 01 78 39 Page 2
C. Drawings
Record drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract
Drawings using colored ink or pencil, and the construction record drawings shall be kept
current on a day-to-day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable,
the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or
similar reference which cites the reason for the change. The day-to-day construction record
drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner’s Representative for review
upon request. The "Record" drawings shall show the following information:
1. all significant changes in plan, sections, elevations and details, such as shifts in
location of walls, doors, windows, stairs and the like made during construction;
2. all significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete
reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during
construction;
3. final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and
any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change
Order or job conditions;
4. final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas,
sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing,
including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters,
clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water
drainage; and
5. final location and arrangement of all underground utilities, connections to building
and/or rerouting of existing utilities, including, but not limited to, sanitary, storm,
heating, electric, signal, gas, water and telephone..
6. Final topographic contours of finished earth surfaces, finished grades, streets, etc.
7. Additions to project, elimination of project components, relocation of components.
D. Specifications and Addenda
Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 01 78 39- Record Documents
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Record Documents
Section 01 78 39 Page 3
1.4 SUBMITTAL
A. At Contract close-out, deliver all record documents to the Owner’s Representative.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate
6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 39***
Rev 01-2011
G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S
FOR
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
i Rev 01-2011
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 Owner 1
Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans
and Drawings 1
Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1
ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2
Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2
Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2
Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3
Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3
Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4
Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4
Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4
Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5
Section 2.10 Meetings 5
Section 2.11 Related Work 5
Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5
Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5
Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6
Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6
ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6
Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6
Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7
Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7
Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7
Section 3.06 Acceptance 7
ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 Changes 8
Section 4.02 Form of Change Orders 10
ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 Time of Completion 10
ii Rev 01-2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION
Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 11
Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 11
Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do Work 12
ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES
Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 12
ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 Subcontracting 13
ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 13
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 15
Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 16
Section 10.03 Emergencies 16
Section 10.04 Bonds 16
Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 16
Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 17
Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 18
Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 18
Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 19
Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 19
ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 19
Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19
ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT
Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 20
Section 12.02 Withholding Payments 22
Section 12.03 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 22
Section 12.04 Final Payment and Release 23
ARTICLE 13 TAX EXEMPTION
Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24
iii Rev 01-2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 Guarantee 24
ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 25
Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 25
Section 15.03 Assignments 25
Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 25
Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 25
Section 15.06 Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action 25
Section 15.07 Limitation on Actions 26
Section 15.08 Owner's Representative 27
ARTICLE 16 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 27
ARTICLE 17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 27
ARTICLE 18 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 18.01 Release of Information 27
Section 18.02 Confidential Information 28
Section 18.03 Use of Owner's Name 28
EXHIBITS
A Change Order
A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment
C Final Release
D Application and Certificate for Payment
E Guarantee
F Form I Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan
Use of MBE and WBE Vendors
Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE
Subcontractors and Vendors
Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report
Form IV Minority-Women Utilization Report
G Labor Rate Breakdown
H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
1 Rev 01-2011
ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 - Owner
A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University".
B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches,
test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work,
whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The
Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of
this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University.
C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract
relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality,
acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation
to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly
provided.
D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between
the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and
determined by the Owner.
E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal
notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various
provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to
which they refer.
Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings
The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a
manner approved by the Owner.
Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence
A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract
Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the
better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs
in writing.
B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and
not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the
plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both.
C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the
extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with
provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern.
2 Rev 01-2011
ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations
A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work
required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply
with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the
local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building
Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be
performed by Union labor.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant
and such temporary Work as may be required.
C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment,
machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or
regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or
distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the
Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay,
damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case
progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or
equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or
regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal
kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials
A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all
materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or
encumbrances.
B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner
shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise.
Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause
A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the
plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name,
catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal"
considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements,
Section 01640.
B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said
proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this
3 Rev 01-2011
Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new
drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved
by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed
substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be
reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure.
Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity
specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into
the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose.
When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall
supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material
which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed
or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection.
B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require
that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials
meet said standards.
C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test
materials as provided in the Contract.
D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other
particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit
in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the
Contract is executed.
Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor
A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent
and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall
have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner
with the names and authority of such personnel in writing.
B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor
shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent
satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's
approval.
C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or
of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner.
4 Rev 01-2011
Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions
A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract
consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface
conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the
Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the
Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site
prior to the Owner's receipt of bids.
B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the
site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract
Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information
made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of
the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they
are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The
Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do
substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor,
the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a
change order shall be issued.
Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor
The Contractor represents and warrants:
A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to
perform the Work;
B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances,
orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work;
C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely
and satisfactorily constructed.
D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the
Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location
of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be
encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the
Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the
Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract
Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work
and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work.
Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions
A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all
dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions
or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer
said conflict to the Owner.
5 Rev 01-2011
B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements
prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to
meet field conditions.
C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location
of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location
or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner.
D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of
Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and
other affected Contractors and Subcontractors.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place.
F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in
additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs.
Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors
A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of
Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias.
B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the
Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing.
C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the
property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the
signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work.
Section 2.10 - Meetings
The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed
by the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
Section 2.11 - Related Work
The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship
of said work to the Work under the Contract.
Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout
Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the
Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the
Work.
Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies
The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and
report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
6 Rev 01-2011
Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30)
days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance
for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates
shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts
during this project.
Section 2.15 – Daily Reports
The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell
University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at
a minimum, contain the following information:
Name of Project
Project Number
Date of Report
Weather Conditions
Equipment on the site
Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each
contractor
Work/area and activity for each contractor
Overtime worked and planned work progress
Environmental problems and corrections
Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents
or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up
and check out, occupancy, etc.
ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 - Access to the Work
The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or
inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used
by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In
addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly
authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc.,
which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in
completion of the work.
Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing
If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the
Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the
Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of
such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided.
7 Rev 01-2011
Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work
A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and
examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner
that the work will not be delayed.
B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of
manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the
inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of
the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made
good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed
or damaged by said removal or replacement.
C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be
secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner.
Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing
All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing
in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and
suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be
covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required
by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums,
the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional
professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said
additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may
be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If
said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of
reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract,
the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement.
Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work
If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged
materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in
accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by
an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable.
Section 3.06 - Acceptance
No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the
Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other
Work resulting therefrom.
8 Rev 01-2011
ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 - Changes
A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the
general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders.
B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner,
issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an
adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance.
C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or
an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by
the Owner.
D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to
be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods:
1. By agreement with the Contractor.
2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved.
This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices.
(i) To the extent that a Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the
Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance
with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any
portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than
25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project
as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
(ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be
algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit
Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and
deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and
then multiplied by the applicable markup.
(iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover
profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without
limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such
as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and
inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field
and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance,
taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety,
"as-built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and
profit.
9 Rev 01-2011
3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of:
(i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and
insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of
superintendent directly employed at the Site.
(ii) Materials
(iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the
Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and
directly on the Work.
4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in
Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu
of estimated costs.
E. Mark-ups:
1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly
by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum
equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof.
2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is
performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by
adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said
Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an
additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs.
3. Work performed by a Sub-Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a
Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of
said costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the
benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%)
of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional
sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost.
4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay.
5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost.
Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or
related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the
amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the
reduction.
F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a
change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of
value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all
subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit
A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all
documentation.
10 Rev 01-2011
G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation
specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any
damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work
to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights
to any other compensation for said damage or expense.
H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all
items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and
records relating thereto.
Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders
All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change
order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents.
No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order
Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said
form.
ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 - Time of Completion
A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the
Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract.
All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid.
B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in
the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract.
C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure
full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for
the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the
average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the
Site.
D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in
which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion
established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment,
it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas
of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas.
E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved
schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas.
F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the
Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time
extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any
excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to:
11 Rev 01-2011
1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the
Government of the United States or the State of New York;
2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or
negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but
not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires,
epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and
unusually severe weather.
G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be
extended for:
1. all of the Work, or
2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order.
H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more
than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived.
ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION
Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause
In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any
Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and
upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The
notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If
arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the
Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of
termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred
by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may
utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be
necessary or useful in completing the Work.
Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner
The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said
termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying
the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon
which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the
Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The
Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective
date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in
excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute same to completion.
12 Rev 01-2011
Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work
The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed
by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies
due or to become due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES
Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure
A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to
perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that
any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall:
1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the
Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice
shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to
perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after
commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or
within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner
which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract.
2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with
the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by
the Owner.
3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed
matter.
4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a
dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working
days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written
statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is
contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the
Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original
decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's
claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a
notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute
but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as
directed.
B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed
unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner.
C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the
methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions.
13 Rev 01-2011
D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be
deemed to be:
1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that
the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and
provisions of the Contract;
2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation,
time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or
omission.
ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 - Subcontracting
A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed
Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not
award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor without the prior written approval of
the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors.
D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all
subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the
Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the
Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the
Contractor.
E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's
obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control
and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors.
F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship
between Subcontractors and the Owner.
ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors
A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the
Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award
separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's
forces or separate Contractors.
14 Rev 01-2011
B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded
operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and
shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or
operations of other contractors.
C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other
contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship
on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with
the Contractor's operations.
D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of
progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor
of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work.
E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the
Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall
investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such
directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner
shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's
failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another
contractor's default in performance.
F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work
with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed:
1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the
Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and
2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any
and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which
the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason
of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions.
G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any
other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any
Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for
said damage.
H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage
through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse
said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from
all said claims.
15 Rev 01-2011
ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention
A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of
persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all
applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible
for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods,
and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance,
or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods.
B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death,
occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work,
arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately
notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The
Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident
investigation forms and accident reports prepared.
C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data
Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals
requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal
protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell
University for review and approval, prior to their use on site.
1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The
label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the
Contractor's name.
2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the
hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in
accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's
recommendations shall be used at all times.
3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and
Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the
quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and
supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss
in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the
Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said
loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner.
F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all
materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any
damage thereto until Final Acceptance.
16 Rev 01-2011
Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property
A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to
repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or
subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the
Contract.
Section 10.03 - Emergencies
A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property,
the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent
manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall
notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken.
Section 10.04 - Bonds
A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to
supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a
default.
Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor
A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all
claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting
from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or
personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including
the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be
subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or
breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by
Owner's own negligence.
1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the
indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition
to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including
attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity.
B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor
the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section.
The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of
particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of
the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for
risk or claims of the type enumerated.
17 Rev 01-2011
Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until
final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of
insurance:
1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the
requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may
be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of
not less than $1,000,000.
2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard
comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed
operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage’s
issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations
under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this
Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf.
The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability
Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The
policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that
it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage’s shall be maintained
for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under
such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and
Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever
is greater:
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM)
$ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence
$ 5,000,000 Aggregate
3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection
with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned and
hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being
used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear
license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined
single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of:
BODILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
$ 1,000,000 Each Person
$ 1,000,000 Each Accident
B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability,
including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits
as required under this section.
18 Rev 01-2011
C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on
behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as
they apply to subcontractors.
D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the
insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s
certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various
coverage’s and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that
the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon
expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by
the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon
renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a
new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be
directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a
certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy.
E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled,
terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner
shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If
the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner
may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the
Contractor's expense.
Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner
A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability
insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for
damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from
operations under this Contract.
19 Rev 01-2011
Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage
Insurance Hazards
A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance
policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an
amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the
contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all
subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the
insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at
the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary
by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site
and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as
may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be
suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to
cover “all risk” of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless
Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell
University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and
exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall
provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery
between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are
covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to
final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial
occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such
partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms.
B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected
with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind
or nature.
D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and
subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or
property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under
the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including
but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their
contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included
in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for
any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor,
subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be
included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors
severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for
damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of
whatever kind or nature.
20 Rev 01-2011
Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance
A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the
Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or
release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the
Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks.
Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights
A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of
action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist
irrespective of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion
A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the
extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or
specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all
certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and
plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City,
County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction.
Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance
A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the
Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein
equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no
way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner.
B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems,
materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any
guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under
the Contract.
C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which
shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner.
ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT
Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment
A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the
performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract
Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents.
21 Rev 01-2011
B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been
completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications
have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments
made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to
the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract.
C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses
in accord with the following procedure:
1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating
the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as
specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This
schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract
Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis
for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a
statement based upon this approved schedule.
2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a
meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and
materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted
by the Contractor in the requisition for payment.
(b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract
Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's
Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved
format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the
cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and
including the last day of the previous month and shall make application
for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement,
less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against
the Contract Price.
(c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate
copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the
statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials
incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the
preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is
made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material
bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract
have been paid, including final waivers of any liens.
(d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments
are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in
the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at
some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon
submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates,
notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit “H”. The
Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to
the site.
22 Rev 01-2011
3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and
approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application
for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection
therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar
days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the
payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor.
The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by
the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment,
that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their
knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with
the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the
amount certified.
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall
make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30)
calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect.
However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not
hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or
continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that
the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously
paid on account of the Contract Sum.
5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with
the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General
Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such
reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction.
6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and
materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the
Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work
within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04.
D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors
Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be
submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for
tax exemption.
23 Rev 01-2011
Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments
A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or
nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the
Owner from loss on account of:
1. Defective work not remedied.
2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or
materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's
property.
3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of
the Contract Price then unpaid.
4. Damage to another Contractor.
5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor.
6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method
Network Schedule.
Section 12.03 – Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment
A. As-Built Documentation
1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of
current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has
recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field
construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
B. Final Documentation:
1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment
in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following
documents with the Owner.
a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other
extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications.
b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in
accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto.
c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section
01720.
d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed.
e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General
Requirements Section 01730.
24 Rev 01-2011
f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section
01760.
2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or
Word Documents of all documentation.
Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release
A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to
be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete
detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract
requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect.
B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of
the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the
Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the
Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the
work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully
performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of
the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a
part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and
sub-subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that
to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and
inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable.
D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being
estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate.
E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute
a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to
the Contractor.
ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION
Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption
A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including
sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed
Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools,
machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to
supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the
completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and
all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery,
equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials.
25 Rev 01-2011
B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates
or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said
certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation.
ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 - Guarantee
A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or
repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities
or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year
or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such
guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the
Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting
from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which
may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final
acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding
B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept
various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor
shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as
Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a
guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E".
ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract
shall be deemed to be inserted therein.
Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference
to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall
be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court
for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such
purposes.
Section 15.03 - Assignments
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written
consent of the Owner.
Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights
Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of
action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract.
26 Rev 01-2011
Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner
A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner
except when such waiver is given in writing.
Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action
A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the
Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after
execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after
receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The
Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible
for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said
Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans'
progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be
submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and
Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F".
B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of
the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the
implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and
Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost
to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of
any tier.
C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination
provisions required by applicable federal and state law.
D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action
designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract
work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan must
be approved by the Owner.
E. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the
Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I)
2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and
Vendors (Form II)
3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III)
4. Minority-Women Utilization Report (Form IV)
This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination
requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer.
27 Rev 01-2011
F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms
for the Contractor’s aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows:
Carpenters 4.8%
Electricians 14.1%
Laborers 7.8%
Masons 2.8%
Painters 25.7%
Plumbers 5.9%
Sheetmetal Workers 4.0%
G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of
the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F – Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime
Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the
project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such
forms shall be submitted to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions
No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor
against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by
the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner,
unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination.
Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative
The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with
respect to the Project- Von Cramm Hall Renovations. The Owner or its representative shall
examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to
avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell
University’s designated representative, Marijane Johnson, shall be recognized by the
Contractor.
28 Rev 01-2011
ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT
The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for
the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing
files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection
and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's
local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a
period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or
audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained
until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub-
Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books
and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies
of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the
project.
ARTICLE 17 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account
thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to
believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be
responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell
University.
ARTICLE 18 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 18.01 - Release of Information
The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news
releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell
University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they
need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement
from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing.
Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and
specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release
information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager.
29 Rev 01-2011
Section 18.02 - Confidential Information
The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or
received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell
University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not
disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the
extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and
until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall
hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use
confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its
subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed
to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each
subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be
sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before
any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes
known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties.
Section 18.03 - Use of Owner's Name
The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other
promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the
specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative.
EXHIBIT "A"
Distribution to:
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
CCHHAANNGGEE OORRDDEERR FIELD
OTHER
Cornell University
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER:
TO (Contractor): INITIATION DATE:
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO:
CONTRACT DATE:
You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract:
Item No. Description Reference Amount
Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor.
Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time.
The original (Contract Price) was $
Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $
The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was $
The (Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order $
The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be $
The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by ( ) Days.
The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
CONTRACTOR OWNER
BY BY
TITLE TITLE
DATE DATE
EXHIBIT "A-1"
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Division of Facilities Services
Construction Contract Change Order Forms
Instructions to Change Order Documentation
Facilities Services (“FS”) has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and
Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity
with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract
requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated January 2010.
The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in
preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor
shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up
documentation.
Direct Cost of the Work:
1. Direct Labor – Include the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman
necessary to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate
documented in accordance with Section 2.14 – Project Labor Rates of the General
Conditions. “Assigned Personnel or Work Crews” should be stated by trade or type of
work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason,
backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be
included. Supervisory personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory
responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor
2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to
perform the required change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic
yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc.
3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the
change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental
rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed.
Bond Premiums
The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and
indirect costs of the proposed change.
Overhead & Profit
The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of
the proposed change in accordance with the Contract.
EXHIBIT "A-1"
EXHIBIT "A-1"
SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR CONTRACT PAYMENTS EXHIBIT "B"
(Based on Original Estimate)
Name of Contractor Project Title
Total Cost
Item Description Unit of Labor Material Other Cost of Per
No. of Item Quantity Measure Cost Cost Costs Item Unit
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
TOTALS $ $ $ $ $
NOTE: Each Allowance must be listed as a Separate Item.
Approved:
Contractor Date Architect Date Owner Date
FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "C"
FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS
Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name
Day of 20 By:
Title:
Date Contract Date
Project Contract Price
Address Net Extras and Deductions
City Adjusted Contract Price
County Amount Previously Paid
State Balance Due - Final Payment
The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all
labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above
Project in accordance with the Contract.
In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $
being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release
the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon
improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the
Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor,
services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the
Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows:
.
The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute
this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has
properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a
good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and
services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions,
holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the
Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have
been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully-paid or open stock or were
fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice.
The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses
(including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the
below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors.
In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or
Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law
whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant
thereto.
The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and
installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will
remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract.
EXHIBIT "D"
EXHIBIT "D"
EXHIBIT "E"
GUARANTEE
Date:
In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell
University dated , we hereby guarantee
the as found in the specifications
for , Ithaca, New York to be free
(Project Title)
from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from
, the date of acceptance by the Owner.
(Date)
(COMPANY)
By:
Title:
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM I
1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
Use of MBE and WBE Vendors
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Amount of Contract: $
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade:
1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm:
2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No
A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract?
Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $
3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services?
A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor?
Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $
4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase
and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required.
A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services
Subcontracted
Trade Amount Item Amount
$ $
$ $
$ $
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM I
2
5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female
vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The
percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount.
MBE Amount $ AND Percentage %
WBE Amount $ AND Percentage %
6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of
total monthly manpower per trade.
MBE Amount $ AND Percentage %
WBE Amount $ AND Percentage %
7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years:
MBE or WBE Vendor
CONTRACT
(Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT
This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and
WBE vendors:
OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM II
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE
Subcontractors and Vendors
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number):
MBE and WBE
Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of
(Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination
EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc.
(Use additional sheet if necessary)
OFFICER OF FIRM:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
EXHIBIT "F" FORM III
EXHIBIT "F" FORM IV
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Please print or type all information.
PROJECT PRIME CONTRACTOR
MINORITY - WOMEN UTILITZATION REPORT DATE
Dollar Dollar % of Dollar % of
Prime Contractor, Craft Amount Amount Prime Amount Prime
Subcontractor and and/or of Minority Firm of Total Women Firm of Total
Sub-Subcontractor's Name Trade Subcontract Name - Awards Trade MBE Contract Contract Name - Awards Trade WBE Contract Contract
TOTALS $ $ $
EXHIBIT "G"
EXHIBIT "H"
BID FORM BF-1
Von Cramm Hall Renovations
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York
BID FORM
Submitted by: Date
To: Nancy A. Phelps, Manager
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Gentlemen:
The undersigned,
(Name of Bidder)
a
(Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable)
of
(Address)
having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General,
Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents
dated 5-7-2012 prepared by HUNT ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS AND LAND SURVEYORS, 100
HUNT CENTER, HORSEHEADS, NY 14845 as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work,
proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable
taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance
with the said documents for the following considerations:
1. BASE BID
a. All work complete, for the sum of
($ )
for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and
SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS.
BID FORM BF-2
2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL
a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in
place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance
with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the
Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications.
b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will
result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No
Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates.
c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the
following Alternate Proposals within Forty Five (45) calendar days following the award of a construction
contract.
Alternate No. Description
ADD
(1) ONE Replacement of Basement Ceiling and Lighting $
BID FORM BF-3
3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within
Twenty One (21) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the
project no later than August 17, 2012.
4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the
following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions:
(1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review
the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom
they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal
subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract.
b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision
of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3)
names.
c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of
the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision.
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
BID FORM BF-4
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
BID FORM BF-5
5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED
BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES
a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces
directly employed by the undersigned:
6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Time Progress Schedule"
showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together
with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required.
7. BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to
execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form
as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be
furnished by
(Name of Surety)
b. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $______________________ (10% of Bid
Amount) is attached to this Bid.
8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the
request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values"
including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions
of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum.
b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid
the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work
included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for
General Conditions are excluded.
BID FORM BF-6
Values Included
Spec in Base Bid
Section Trades and/or Subdivision Labor Material
Balance of Base Bid, Unclassified
Total
Total Combined Bid $
BID FORM BF-7
9. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without
substitutions.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the
exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in
the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if
the substitution is accepted.
c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution.
d. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be
required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by
the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications.
Item and Specification
Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid
Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material
BID FORM BF-8
10. ACCEPTANCE
a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of
not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date.
b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the
undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter
before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of
such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and
Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted.
c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice.
d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the
Alternate Proposals listed within Forty-Five (45) calendar days following the award of a construction
contract.
e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all
proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of
time.
BID FORM BF-9
2. ADDENDUM RECEIPT
a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or
Specifications is acknowledged:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
(Bidder)
By:
Title:
Business Address:
Dated:
BID FORM BF-10
CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION
By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in
the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that
to the best of his knowledge and belief:
a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation,
communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such
prices with any other bidder or with any competitor.
b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been
knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor.
c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons,
partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
(Bidder)
By:
Title:
Dated:
BID FORM BF-11
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER
I, _____________________________________________________, certify that I am the
_____________________________ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for
General Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed said Bid Form on
behalf of the bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his
signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly
signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
(Secretary-Clerk)
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Dated:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 1
SECTION 04 20 00
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes concrete masonry units; reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories.
B. Products furnished but not installed under this section include:
1. Masonry anchors for attachment to structural steel – 05 12 00
C. Products installed but not furnished under this section include:
1. 08 31 13- Access Panels
D. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Control
2. Section 04 05 03 - Masonry Mortaring and Grouting: Mortar and grout.
3. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Firestopping at penetrations of masonry work.
4. Section 08 31 13- Access Panels
5. Section 09 90 00 – Paint Coatings
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute:
1. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
2. ACI 530.1 - Specifications for Masonry Structures.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A153/A153M - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
2. ASTM A240/A240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium -Nickel
Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General
Applications.
3. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000
PSI Tensile Strength.
4. ASTM A580/A580M - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire.
5. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
7. ASTM A951 - Standard Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement.
8. ASTM B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically
Deposited on Iron and Steel.
9. ASTM C56 - Standard Specification for Structural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Tile.
10. ASTM C62 - Standard Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made
From Clay or Shale).
11. ASTM C67 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and
Structural Clay Tile.
12. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units.
13. ASTM C126 - Standard Specification for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing
Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 2
14. ASTM C129 - Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
15. ASTM C140 - Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete
Masonry Units.
16. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal
Insulation.
17. ASTM C652 - Standard Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units
Made From Clay or Shale).
18. ASTM D226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in
Roofing and Waterproofing.
19. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials.
20. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
E. MSJC (Masonry Standards Joint Committee) Code - ACI (American Concrete Institute)
530/ASCE (American Society of Civil Engineers) 5/TMS (The Masonry Society) 402 -
Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
F. MSJC (Masonry Standards Joint Committee) Specification - ACI (American Concrete
Institute) 530.1/ASCE (American Society of Civil Engineers) 6/TMS (The Masonry
Society) 602 - Specifications For Masonry Structures.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Concrete Masonry Compressive Strength (f'm): min 2,000 psi unless otherwise shown on
drawings; determined by unit strength method.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal requirements.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit data for face brick, concrete masonry units and fabricated wire
reinforcement, wall ties, anchors and other accessories.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530 Building Code Requirements for Masonry
Structures and ACI 530.1 Specification for Masonry Structures.
B. Perform Work in accordance with MSJC Code and MSJC Specification.
C. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 3
D. Surface Burning Characteristics:
E. Apply label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each foam
plastic insulation insert.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three
years documented experience.
1.7 MOCKUP
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Mockup requirements.
B. Locate where directed by Architect.
1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Accept concrete masonry units on site. Inspect for damage.
1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Cold Weather Requirements: In accordance with ACI 530.1 when ambient temperature or
temperature of masonry units is less than 40 degrees F.
C. Hot Weather Requirements: In accordance with ACI 530.1 when ambient temperature is
greater than 100 degrees F or ambient temperature is greater than 90 degrees F with
wind velocity greater than 8 mph.
1.11 COORDINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Coordinate masonry work with installation of access panels and plumbing equipment.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance
products.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Manufacturers: Concrete Masonry Units
Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Southern Tier Concrete Products Inc. 607-587-9292
2. Dagostino Building Blocks.
3. York Building Products, Inc..
4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units (CMU): ASTM C90, Type I
C. Solid Load-Bearing Block Units (CMU): ASTM C90, Type I
D. Size and Shape: Nominal modular size as indicated on contract drawings. Furnish
special units for 90 degree corners, bond beams, lintels, sash block and bullnosed
corners at all exposed outside corners, except where wall is covered with ceramic tile.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A951; truss type; steel wire; 3/16 inch diameter
side rods with 3/16 inch diameter cross ties; hot dip galvanized to ASTM A153class B2
after fabrication.
1. Products which may be incorporated into the work under this section include ,but
are not limited to, the following:
a. Durowal, Inc.; model: Ladur.
b. Hohman & Barnard, Inc.; Model: #120 truss-mesh.
B. Strap Anchors: bent steel shape, 3/16 inch thick; ASTM A153/A153M hot dip galvanized.
1. Products which may be incorporated into the work under this section include ,but
are not limited to, the following:
a. Durowal, Inc.; model: D/A 301Z.
b. Hohman & Barnard, Inc.; Model: #344.
C. Wall Ties: ASTM A82; steel wire 3/16 inch diameter, adjustable eye and pintle type;
ASTM A153/A153 B2 hot dip galvanized.
D. Mortar and Grout: As specified in Section 04 05 03.
E. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. . All
material cleaning shall be done as recommended by material supplier.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Testing, inspection and analysis requirements.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 5
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
C. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located.
D. Verify built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other sections.
B. Furnish temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until
building structure provides permanent support.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement.
B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form bed and head joints of uniform
thickness.
C. Coursing of Concrete Masonry Units:
1. Bond: Running; unless shown otherwise in Contract Drawings.
2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches.
3. Mortar Joints:Concave, exception: Flush for application of wall tile
D. Placing And Bonding:
1. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints.
2. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints.
3. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not
permitted.
4. Remove excess mortar as work progresses.
5. Interlock intersections and external corners.
6. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where
adjustment is required, remove mortar and replace.
7. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to assure straight,
clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges.
8. Cut mortar joints flush where wall tile is scheduled.
9. Isolate masonry from vertical structural framing members with movement joint as
indicated on Drawings.
10. Isolate top of masonry from horizontal structural framing members and slabs or
decks with compressible joint filler and masonry wall top anchor.
E. Cavity Wall: Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug
weeps..
1. Build inner wythe ahead of outer wythe to receive cavity insulation and air/vapor
retarder adhesive.
2. .
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 6
F. Joint Reinforcement And Anchorage - Single Wythe Masonry:
1. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches oc.
2. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first horizontal joints above and below
openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening.
3. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls.
4. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches.
5. Reinforce joint corners and intersections with strap anchors 16 inches oc.
G. Built-In Work:
1. As work progresses, install access panels and other items to be built-in the work
and furnished by other sections.
2. Install built-in items plumb and level.
3. Do not build in materials subject to deterioration.
H. Cutting And Fitting:
1. Cut and fit for ductwork, chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds, and other
items. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and
location.
2. Obtain Architect/Engineer’s approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not
indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation From Alignment of Columns: 1/4 inch.
C. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch.
D. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more.
E. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories
or more.
F. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in
30 ft.
G. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft.
H. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch.
I. Maximum Variation for Steel Reinforcement:
1. Install reinforcement within the tolerances specified in ACI 530.1 for foundation
walls.
2. Plus or minus 1/4 inch when distance from centerline of steel to opposite face of
masonry is 8 inches or less.
3. Plus or minus 1/2 inch when distance is between 8 and 24 inches.
4. Plus or minus 1 inch when distance is greater than 24 inches.
5. Plus or minus 2 inches from location along face of wall.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 20 00-Unit Masonry
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 7
HUNT 1595-088
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 7
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and
balancing.
B. The Owner will engage a testing agency to provide services as indicated below and
submit reports.
1. The agency shall monitor the proportioning, mixing and consistency of mortar
and grout; the placement of mortar, grout and masonry units; and the placement
or reinforcing steel for compliance with the contract documents.
2. Compression test masonry prisms for each type of wall construction in
accordance with ASTM E447, Method B.
3. The agency shall prepare one set of prisms for testing at 7 days and on set for
testing at 28 days. Tests are to be conducted by the agency for each 3,000
square feet of wall installed, but not less than two tests.
4. Brick Units: Test each type in accordance with ASTM C67, 5 random units for
each 50,000 units installed.
5. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type in accordance with ASTM C140.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses.
C. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
D. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting
finished Work.
B. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external
corners that may be damaged by construction activities.
C. Protect base of walls from mud and mortar splatter.
D. Protect masonry and other items built into masonry walls from mortar droppings and
staining caused by mortar.
E. Protect tops of masonry work with waterproof coverings secured in place without
damaging masonry. Provide coverings where masonry is exposed to weather when work
is not in progress.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 05 03-Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
04 05 03 - 1
SECTION 04 05 03
MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes mortar and grout for masonry
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements..
2. Section 04 01 00 - Maintenance of Masonry: Bedding and pointing mortar for
masonry restoration work.
3. Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry: Installation of mortar [and grout].
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute:
1. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
2. ACI 530.1 - Specifications for Masonry Structures.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C5 - Standard Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes.
2. ASTM C91 - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement.
3. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
4. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement
Concrete.
5. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
6. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
7. ASTM C199 - Standard Test Method for Pier Test for Refractory Mortars.
8. ASTM C206 - Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime.
9. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.
10. ASTM C387 - Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for
Mortar and Concrete.
11. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout.
12. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry.
13. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements.
14. ASTM C780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction
Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry.
15. ASTM C1019 - Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout.
16. ASTM C1142 - Standard Specification for Extended Life Mortar for Unit Masonry.
17. ASTM C1314 - Standard Test Method for Constructing and Testing Masonry
Prisms Used to Determine Compliance with Specified Compressive Strength of
Masonry.
18. ASTM C1329 - Standard Specification for Mortar Cement.
19. ASTM C1357 - Standard Test Method for Evaluating Masonry Bond Strength.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal requirements.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 05 03-Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
04 05 03 - 2
B. Samples: Submit two samples of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range from
entire list of manufactures standards.
C. Design Data: Submit design mix when Property specification of ASTM C270 is to be
used, required environmental conditions, and admixture limitations.
D. Test Reports:
1. Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance of mortar to property
requirements of ASTM C270 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C780 for
aggregate ratio and water content, air content, consistency and compressive
strength.
2. Submit reports on grout indicating conformance of grout to property requirements
of ASTM C476 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C1019.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Refer to Section 04 20 00 – Unit Masonry Assemblies: for mock-up requirements
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Hot and Cold Weather Requirements: MSJC Specification:
1. Cold Weather Requirements: In accordance with ACI 530.1 when ambient
temperature or temperature of masonry units is less than 40 degrees F.
2. Hot Weather Requirements: In accordance with ACI 530.1 when ambient
temperature is greater than 100 degrees F or ambient temperature is greater
than 90 degrees F with wind velocity greater than 8 mph.
C. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to maximum 90 degrees F prior to,
during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work..
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Blue Circle Cement.
2. Lehigh Portland Cement.
3. The Quikrete Companies.
4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I.
B. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 05 03-Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
04 05 03 - 3
C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C206, Type S and N.
D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404, coarse.
E. Water: Clean and potable.
F. Mortar Color: color as selected by architect.
2.3 MIXES
A. Mortar Mixes:
1. Mortar For Structural Masonry: ASTM C270, Type S using Property specification.
Masonry cement shall not be used.
2. Mortar For Non-Structural Masonry: ASTM C270, Type N using Property
specification. Masonry cement shall not be used.
3. Pointing Mortar: ASTM C270, Type N using Property specification. with
maximum 2 percent ammonium stearate or calcium stearate per cement weight.
B. Mortar Mixing:
1. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in accordance with ASTM C270 in quantities
needed for immediate use.
2. Achieve uniformly damp sand immediately before m ixing process.
3. Add mortar color to achieve uniformity of mix and coloration.
4. Re-temper only within two hours of mixing.
5. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar.
6. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F or two-
and-one-half hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F.
C. Grout Mixing:
1. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in
accordance with ASTM C476.
2. Add admixtures; mix uniformly.
3. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces.
B. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure.
C. Remove excess mortar from grout spaces.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 04 05 03-Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
04 05 03 - 4
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install mortar in accordance with ACI 530.1 Specifications for Masonry Structures and
ASTM C270.
B. Install grout in accordance with ACI 530.1 Specifications for Masonry Structures and
ASTM C476.
C. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids.
D. Do not install grout in lifts greater than 16 inches without consolidating grout by rodding.
E. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and
balancing.
B. Establishing Mortar Mix: In accordance with ASTM C270.
C. Testing of Mortar Mix: In accordance with ASTM C780 for aggregate ratio and water
content, air content, consistency, and compressive strength.
D. Testing of Grout Mix: In accordance with ASTM C1019 for compressive strength, and in
accordance with ASTM C143/C143M for slump.
E. Test flexural bond strength of mortar and masonry units to ASTM C1357; test in
conjunction with masonry unit sections specified.
F. Test compressive strength of mortar and masonry to ASTM C1314; test in accordance
with masonry unit sections specified.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Instructions to Bidders
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INS-1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Project: Von Cramm Hall Renovations.
Owner: Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Architect: Hunt Engineers Architects and Land Surveyors
100 Hunt Center
Horseheads, NY 14845
1. PROPOSAL FORMS
a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined
spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in
writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to
execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate
included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully
stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed
and dated by the signer.
2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL
a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral,
telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered.
3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION
a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall
be addressed to:
Nancy A. Phelps, Manager
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Proposal for:
Submitted by:
(Bidder)
b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later
than 2:00 on May 22, 2012.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Instructions to Bidders
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INS-2
4. BID OPENING
a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room _____, Humphreys
Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in
3b. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any
time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto.
5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS
a. The Bidding Documents will consist of the following:
(1) Instructions to Bidders.
(2) Bid Form.
(3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General
Requirements".
(4) Drawings and Specifications.
(5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals.
6. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website
(http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance call 607-255-5343.
b. Additional sets will be available at $_____per set without refund. All
subcontractors and suppliers requiring may order these at $_____per set without refund. No
partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner.
c. The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and
specifications.
7. START OF WORK
a. Work at the site shall be started within Five (5) calendar days from the date of
issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than August 17,
2012.
8. BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the
Owner with "Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of
100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal.
Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve.
b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of
10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the
Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Instructions to Bidders
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INS-3
shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide
to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above.
9. AWARD OF CONTRACT
a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor
for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided
in accordance with the Contract.
b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal
subcontractors will be considered in making the Award.
c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any
informalities in Bidding.
d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty
(60) calendar days following the bid opening date.
e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed
within Forty-Five (45) calendar days following the award of a construction contract.
10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and
familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be
carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that
he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work
under the Contract.
b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the
Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents.
c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder convenants and affirms that he has
carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and
Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from
his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the
general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its
performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands
the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to
damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the
conditions of bidding.
11. DISCREPANCIES
a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings,
Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he
shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the
Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such
interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received seven (7) or
more days prior to date fixed for opening of Bids will be given consideration.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Instructions to Bidders
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INS-4
12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE
a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for TIME, DATE, in Room XX of the
Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the
Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum.
13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS
a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and
experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by
the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be
awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and
materials supplier shall be approved individually.
b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the
work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces.
c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors,
materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is
required as part of the Proposal.
d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the
work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing,
selection and approval of principal subcontractors.
14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid
Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces
provided.
b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in
connection therewith.
15. UNIT PRICES
a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all
Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection
therewith.
16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work
is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form.
b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the
amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General
Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or
Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Instructions to Bidders
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 5
HUNT 1595-088
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INS-5
17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS
a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be
acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form.
18. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment,
element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of
Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the
proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to
each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder
is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other
particular reference.
19. SUB-SURFACE CONDITIONS
a. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and
location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the
character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment
and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and
local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract.
The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior
notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub-surface conditions
which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if
awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation,
except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions
during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him.
20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt
from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes.
21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt
from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes.
22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS
a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom
they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth
above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations.
23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Instructions to Bidders
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 6
HUNT 1595-088
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INS-6
a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt
purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax
exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract.
24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS
a. Provide with Bid Proposal:
(1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid
opening
(2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder
(3) List of Proposed Subcontractors
(4) Schedule of Values
(5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices
b. Within fourteen days after bid opening:
(1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms
(2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female
Subcontractors/Vendors
(3) Six-Month Workforce Projection
c. Execution of Contract:
(1) Insurance Certificate
(2) Performance Bond
(3) Labor and Material Payment Bond
(4) Schedule of Work (bar chart)
(5) Federal Tax Identification Number
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY TABLE OF CONTENTS
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Table of Contents
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Form
General Conditions and Exhibits
Exhibit A Change Order
Exhibit A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
Exhibit B Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments
Exhibit C Final Release
Exhibit D Application and Certificate for Payment
Exhibit E Guarantee
Exhibit F – Form I Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan
Use of MBE/WBE Vendors
Exhibit F – Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and
WBE Subcontractors and Vendors
Exhibit F – Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report
Exhibit F – Form IV Minority – Women Utilization Report
Exhibit G Labor Rate Breakdown
Exhibit H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work
Section 01 21 00 Allowances
Section 01 22 00 Unit Pricing
Section 01 23 00 Alternates
Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options
Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings
Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules
Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation
Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety Requirements
Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 44 Spill Control
Section 01 45 00 Quality Control
Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities
Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection
Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing
Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out
Section 01 78 22 Inventories
Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds
Section 01 78 39 Record Documents
DIVISION 2 – Existing Conditions
Section 02 41 19 Selective Demolition
CORNELL UNIVERSITY TABLE OF CONTENTS
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
DIVISION 4 – Existing Conditions
Section 04 05 03 Masonry Mortaring and Grouting
Section 04 20 00 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection
Section 07 84 00 Fire Stopping
DIVISION 8 – Openings
Section 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames
DIVISION 9 – Finishes
Section 09 90 00 Paint Coatings
Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09 30 00 Tiling
Section 09 51 13 Acoustic Ceiling Systems
DIVISION 22- Plumbing
Section 22 05 16 Expansion Fittings and Loops For Plumbing Piping
Section 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Section 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Section 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Section 22 11 00 Facility Water Distribution
Section 22 13 00 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
Section 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures
DIVISION 24- HVAC
Section 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation
Section 23 31 00 HVAC Ducts and Casings
Section 23 33 00 Air Ducts and Accessories
Section 23 34 00 HVAC Fans
Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets
DRAWING LIST
Cover
A0.1 Basement Demolition Plan
A0.2 First Floor Demolition Plan
A0.3 Second Floor Demolition Plan
A1.1 Basement Floor Plan/RCP
A1.1A Basement RCP-Alternate #1
A1.2 First Floor Plan
A1.3 First Floor RCP
A1.4 Second Floor Plan
A1.5 Details
E0.1 Basement Demo Plan
E1.1 Electrical Plan
E2.1 Electrical Work Notes and Symbols
H1.1 First Floor Plan
CORNELL UNIVERSITY TABLE OF CONTENTS
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
H1.2 Second Floor Plan
P0.1 Basement Demolition Plan
P0.2 First Floor Demolition Plan
P0.2 Second Floor Demolition Plan
P1.1 Basement Floor Plan
P1.2 First Floor Plan
P1.2 Second Floor Plan
END OF DOCUMENT
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 02 41 19-Selective Structure Demoliotion
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 1
HUNT 1595-088
Selective Structure Demolition
02 41 19 - 1
SECTION 02 41 19
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolishing designated building equipment and fixtures.
2. Demolishing designated construction.
3. Cutting and alterations for completion of the Work.
4. Removing designated items for Owner’s retention.
5. Protecting items designated to remain.
6. Removing demolished materials.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Demolition Schedule: Indicate overall schedule and interruptions required for utility and
building services as part of Construction Schedule
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals.
B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and
concealed utilities discovered during demolition.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit description of system, inspection data, and
parts lists.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to applicable code for demolition work, dust control, products requiring electrical
disconnection and re-connection.
B. Conform to applicable code for procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials
are discovered.
C. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 02 41 19-Selective Structure Demoliotion
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 2
HUNT 1595-088
Selective Structure Demolition
02 41 19 - 2
1.6 SEQUENCING
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Requirements for sequencing.
B. Owner will conduct salvage operations before demolition begins to remove materials
Owner chooses to retain.
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for scheduling.
B. Schedule Work to coincide with new construction.
C. Cooperate with Owner in scheduling noisy operations and waste removal that may
impact Owners operation.
D. Perform noisy, malodorous, dusty, and removal of hazardous materials work:
1. All activities must be coordinated with the owner to ensure that programming and
services will be uninterrupted by construction activities and to ensure the safety
of the occupants.
E. Coordinate utility and building service interruptions with Owner.
1. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without five days prior
written notice to Owner.
2. Schedule tie-ins to existing systems to minimize disruption.
3. Coordinate Work to ensure fire sprinklers, fire alarms, smoke detectors,
emergency lighting, exit signs and other life safety systems remain in full
operation in occupied areas.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas.
B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify
Architect/Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.
B. Mark location and termination of utilities.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 02 41 19-Selective Structure Demoliotion
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 3
HUNT 1595-088
Selective Structure Demolition
02 41 19 - 3
C. Erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices at construction locations,
including warning signs and lights, and similar measures, for protection of the public,
students, staff, and existing improvements indicated to remain.
D. Layout cuts in post tensioned concrete elements to avoid cutting concrete within 12
inches of any stressing tendon. Notify Architect/Engineer five days in advance of cutting
post-tensioned concrete.
E. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings.
F. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise to
permit continued Owner occupancy.
G. Prevent movement of structure; provide temporary bracing and shoring required to
ensure safety of existing structure.
H. Provide appropriate temporary signage including signage for exit or building egress.
I. Do not close or obstruct building egress path.
J. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without five days prior written
notice to Owner.
3.2 SALVAGE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate with Owner to identify building components and equipment required to be
removed and delivered to Owner.
B. Tag components and equipment Owner designates for salvage.
C. Protect designated salvage items from demolition operations until items can be removed.
D. Carefully remove building components and equipment indicated to be salvaged.
E. Disassemble as required to permit removal from building.
F. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss.
G. Mark equipment and packaged parts to permit identification and consolidation of
components of each salvaged item.
H. Prepare assembly instructions consistent with disassembled parts. Package assembly
instructions in protective envelope and securely attach to each disassembled salvaged
item.
I. Deliver salvaged items to Owner. Obtain signed receipt from Owner.
3.3 DEMOLITION
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas.
B. Maintain protected egress from and access to adjacent existing buildings at all times.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Section 02 41 19-Selective Structure Demoliotion
VON CRAMM HALL RENOVATIONS Page 4
HUNT 1595-088
Selective Structure Demolition
02 41 19 - 4
C. Do not close or obstruct roadways sidewalks without permits.
D. Cease operations immediately when structure appears to be in danger and notify
Architect/Engineer.
E. Disconnect and remove designated utilities within demolition areas.
F. Cap and identify abandoned utilities at termination points when utility is not completely
removed. Annotate Record Drawings indicating location and type of service for capped
utilities remaining after demolition.
G. Demolish in orderly and careful manner. Protect existing improvements, supporting
structural members and components scheduled to remain in place.
H. Carefully remove building components indicated to be reused.
1. Disassemble components as required to permit removal.
2. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss.
3. Mark components and packaged parts to permit reinstallation.
4. Store components, protected from construction operations, until reinstalled.
I. Remove demolished materials from site except where specifically noted otherwise. Do
not burn or bury materials on site.
J. Remove materials as Work progresses. Upon completion of Work, leave areas in clean
condition.
K. Remove temporary Work.
L. At completion of the demolition work restore, repair or refinish all building systems,
components and finishes disturbed as the result of the demolition process.
END OF SECTION